Home

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relay User Manual

1. 45 NE GN oook l EE E Qmm a 159 3 8 135 617 64 5 5 16 nim DEDERE 100 5 Tee EET 3 31 32 ood bh t l 115 O44 t d 4 17 32 64 obie tia 1 3 16 Figure 9 193 ECPM2 Panel Adapter for use with Cat No 193 EC__D amp Z 45 1 25 32 x m Fa o b D 73 TH A umm 1542 E s a 6 5 64 elim nm CU ooodoongo 100 5 pes 3 31 32 O TRA J G v LI FA x LS O44 ft 6 1 M 15 gt 11 64 Dues y 4 17 32 1 3 6 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Figure 10 193 ECPM3 Panel Adapter for use with Cat No 193 EC__E 71 7 2 53 64 60 2 23 64 11 4 29 64 ale do o T 15 43 aes 539 16 o qg oe AVG 130 B g 4 l i el W ia D nig io oOoogooog 77 KOOPOOO 8 1 32 O O L
2. Overload Trip Class Trip Class Enabled 5 30 10 Phase Loss 0 1 25 0s 1 0s 0 250s Os Ground Fault 193 592 EC2 Internal 1 5 A 25A 0 0 25 0s 0 5s 0 250s 10s Ground Fault 193 592 EC3 External 0 02 5A 25A 0 0 25 0s 0 5s 0 250s 10s Stall 100 600 600 0 250s 10s Ses Jam Disabled 50 600 250 0 1 25 0s 5 0s 0 250s 10s Underload 10 100 FLA Q 5096 0 1 25 0s 50s 0 250s 10s Current Imbalance 10 100 35 0 1 25 0s 5 0s 0 250s 10s Comm Fault Enabled Comm Idle Remote Trip Voltage Input Module Hardware Fault 9 Undervoltage L L 9 0 65535 100 Overvoltage L L 0 65535 500 0 1 25 0s 1 0s Voltage Unbalance 0 100 75 Phase Rotation e262 1 Under Frequency 0 250 57 Over Frequency 0 250 Under Real Power 9 Over Real Power pissed 0 32767 Under Consumed kVAR 0 250s 10s Over Consumed kVAR Under Generated kVAR 32767 0 0 1 25 0s 1 0s Over Generated kVAR 9 32767 0 Under Power kVA 0 32767 Over Power kVA 0 32767 Under Power Factor Lagging 100 0 Over Power Factor Lagging 100 0 95 Under Power Factor Leading 0 100 90 Over Power Factor Leading 0 100 95 The inhibit time setting parameters are applicable to both the trip and warning functions F
3. OVARG Inhibit Time Parameter Number 261 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT time for which an over reactive power kVAR generated detection is inhibited Object Mapping OFhex 105 01 during a motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OVARG Trip Delay Parameter Number 262 i l Access Rule Get Set aeaa heale a UST over reactive power kVAR generated Object Mapping OFhex 106 01 ane must exist prior to the device Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OVARG Trip Level Parameter Number 263 Access Rule Get Set DEM d E T Object Mapping OFhex 107 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 0 Default Value OVARG Warn Level Parameter Number 264 Access Rule Get Set mer ae iT Object Mapping OFhex 108 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 0 Default Value UVA Inhibit Time Parameter Number 265 Access Rule Get Set n parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT ime for which an under apparent power kVA detection is inhibited during a Object Mapping OFhex 109 01 motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 Rockwell Auto
4. UF Warn Level Parameter Number 236 This parameter sets the under frequency Access Rule Get set warning level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex EC 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 58 OF Inhibit Time Parameter Number 237 This parameter defines the amount of time Bague Get Set for which an over frequency detection is Data Type USINT ae a motor starting Object Mapping OFhex ED 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OF Trip Delay Parameter Number 238 This parameter allows the installer to Scene Get set program a time duration for which an over Data Type USINT frequency condition must exist prior to the Object Mapping OFhex EE 01 evice tripping Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OF Trip Level Parameter Number 239 This parameter sets the over frequency trip Access Rule DET level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex EF 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 63 OF Warn Level Parameter Number 240 This parameter sets the over frequency Access Rule Get Set warning level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex F0 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 62 Default Value 58 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011
5. RESET kWh Parameter Number 293 Access Rule Get Set Dm en alent a 200 Object Mapping OFhex 125 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 RESET kVARh Parameter Number 294 Access Rule Get Set quais aie c roni ME BOL Object Mapping OFhex 126 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 RESET kVAh Parameter Number 295 Access Rule Get Set serere te inal cst OMM BOO Object Mapping OFhex 127 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 RESET MAX kW DMND Parameter Number 296 Access Rule Get Set Dura rd Do M POOL zero Object Mapping OFhex 128 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 RESET MAX kVAR DMND Parameter Number 297 Access Rule Get Set ee am zero Object Mapping OFhex 129 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 123 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters RESET MAX kVA DMND Parameter Number 298 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to reset the maximum kVA Demand parameter to pus Du BOOL zero Object Mapping OFhex 12A 01 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 No Action Ma
6. 2 SPD NET ENABLE Parameter Number 87 Access Rule Get Set ere e ofa i p00 applications Object Mapping 2Chex 1 154 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Disabled Maximum Value 1 Enabled Default Value 0 2 SPEED FLA SET Parameter Number 88 Access Rule Get Set ee ie UN motor Object Mapping 2Chey 1 155 2Chey 1 156 Ae ee Group Advanced Setup Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 41 on page 112 Maximum Value See Table 41 on page 112 Default Value See Table 41 on page 112 Table 58 Preventative Maintenance Parameters Detail PM Starts Series C and later Parameter Number 101 Access Rule Get Set numberof stats after which preventative A JN maintenance should be performed Object Mapping 29hex 1 106 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 PM Oper Hours Series C and later Parameter Number 102 Access Rule Get Set This promot ole th inal to st IM UNT preventative maintenance should be Object Mapping 29hex 1 107 performed Group Advanced Setup Units Hours Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Reset Lock Group Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 59 Reset Power Parameters Detail E3 Plus Model EC5
7. Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Set MAC ID USINT 0 63 2 Get Set Baud Rate USINT 0 125 kbaud 1 250 kbaud 2 500 kbaud 5 Get Allocation Information Structure of Allocation s Choice Byte BYTE Allocation byte Master s MAC ID USINT 0 63 address 255 unallocated Allocation byte Bit 0 Explicit Messaging Bit 1 Polled 1 0 Bit 4 Change of State 1 0 Bit 5 Cyclic 1 0 Bit 6 Acknowledge Suppress 1 0 The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object Table 80 DeviceNet Object Common Services Servi Implemented for ervice Code Class Instance Service Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single 0x4B No Yes Allocate_Master Slave_Connection_Set Ox4C No Yes Release_Master Slave_Connection_Set The following class attributes will be supported for the Assembly Object Table 81 Assembly Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 2 Get Max Instance UINT The following static assembly instance attributes will be supported for each assembly instance Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 235 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Output Assemblies 236 Table 82 Static Assembly Instance Attributes Attribute Access ID Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Number of Members in UINT Member L
8. 008 80 Over Reactive Power Generated Trip oo eco re retur ACH P 80 Over Reactive Power Generated Warning 0000 81 Apparent Power kVA Protection i e eecRrte rede ERE 81 Under Apparent Power Trip tet wey resi cec eR ETE diee 82 Under Apparent Power Warning 00 cece eee eens 82 Over Apparent Power Ttpzcsiusec ser eee tr ren me eens 83 Over Apparent Power Warning cueleta Suse b s eda 83 Power Factor PYOLecHOoB 22 5 eds este o E Ee RECUERDAN REPE 84 Under Power Factor Lagging Trip acoeevssscessesveegunviverates 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 5 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Programmable Parameters Monitoring Parameters Voltage Parameters Under Power Factor Lagging Warning s seme oy ta deo Re eee 85 Over Power Factor Lagging rip oes erre rh 85 Over Power Factor Lagging Warning esee 86 Under Power Factor Leading Trip 15 ecce ctveetr ees 86 Under Power Factor Leading Warning 524 ere cecervtrd eros 87 Over Power Factor Leading Drlpss 24e eee ee c Let oen 87 Over Power Factor Leading Watning eese et denotes 88 Protective Trip amp Warning Summary coss aio ar ET RE Ren 88 Preventive Maintenance Diagnostics E3 Overload Relays Series C amp os pM TC E A EANN 91 MOTION ING cds testi ace eet ds d o tum te tp E 91 St it Inhibit ee D 91 Start Inhibit DU es vo ate belied Puce da da eae eh ole 91 Preventive Mai
9. 20 C 0 PTC Trip The E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip with a PTC indication if e no trip currently exists PTC Protection is enabled and resistance across terminals 1T1 and 1T2 is either greater than the relay s response resistance or less than the short circuit trip resistance If the E3 Plus Overload Relay trips on a PTC the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 8 blink pattern e bit 7 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 61 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Current Imbalance Protection Parameter 30 OL PTC ResetMode allows the user to select the reset mode for the E3 Plus Overload Relay after an overload or thermistor PTC trip If a PTC trip occurs and automatic reset mode is selected the relay will automatically reset when the PTC resistance drops below the reset resistance If manual reset mode is selected the E3 Plus Overload Relay must be manually reset after the PTC resistance drops below the relay s reset resistance PTC Warni
10. X Over PF Lagging X Under PF Leading X Over PF Leading X Power Overflow The E3 Overload Relay with firmware revision 5 01 and higher will record up to twelve real time data parameters in non volatile memory in the event of an E3 Overload Relay trip This information can be used by maintenance personnel to understand the electrical conditions of the electric motor at the time of the trip Trip Snapshot Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 189 Chapter 9 190 Trip History and Snapshot Trip Snapshot Group SS L1 Current Parameter Number 144 f Access Rule Get De T an T Object Mapping OFhex 90 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value SS L2 Current Parameter Number 145 f Access Rule Get Cunentatthe time ofthe last relay tip ME INT Object Mapping OFhex 91 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value SS L3 Current Parameter Number 146 Access Rule Get De e HEU E T Object Mapping OFhex 92 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value SS TCU Parameter Number 147 i Access Rule Get percent thermalcapaciy utilzation at a UD the time of the last relay trip Object Mapping OFhex 93 01 Group Trip Snap
11. Function Block Editor File Edit View Refining ats e t 68 Tools Help s OL ae Download Timer Counter MoveiLogical Logic Enable Off v Logic Enable On 13 Verify the functionality of the DeviceLogix Function Blocks by enabling Input 1 on the E3 Plus When Input 1 is enabled Output A will energize Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 211 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix 212 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Introduction The purpose of this chapter is to assist in troubleshooting the E3 Overload Relay using its advisory LEDs and diagnostic parameters ATTENTION Servicing energized industrial control A equipment can be hazardous Electrical shock burns or unintentional actuation of controlled industrial equipment may cause death or serious injury For safety of maintenance personnel as well as others who may be exposed to electrical hazards associated with the maintenance activities follow the local safety related work practices for example the NFPA 70E Part Il Electrical Safety for Employee Workplaces in the United States when working on or near energized equipment Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety practices procedures and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments Do not work alone on energized equipment ATTENTION Do not attempt to defeat
12. Q Features are available only with the E3 Plus Overload Relay Cat No 193 592 EC2 and 193 592 EC3 Available only on Cat Nos 193 592 EC5 Anearth ground connection to this terminal will assist in obtaining compliance with EMC requirements Q The use of shielded cable is recommended for the positive PTC thermistor circuit to assist in obtaining compliance with EMC requirements G Available only on Cat No 193 592 EC3 _ and 193 592 EC4_ DeviceNet Terminals Table 9 DeviceNet Terminal Designation Terminal Signal Function Color 1 V Common Black 2 CAN_L Signal Low Blue 3 Drain Shield Non Insulated 4 CAN_H Signal High White 5 V Po9wer Supply Red Ground i ng The following grounding recommendations are provided to ensure EMC requirements during installation Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 29 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring e The earth ground terminal of the E3 Overload Relay shall be connected to a solid earth ground via a low impedance connection Installations employing an external ground fault sensor shall ground the cable shield at the sensor with no connection made at the E3 Plus Overload Relay ThePTC thermistor cable shield shall be grounded at the E3 Plus Overload Relay with no connection made at the opposite end Short Circuit Ratings The E3 Overload Relay is suitable for use on circuits capable of delivering not
13. Bytes Service Code le Hex Class 2o He Destination Integer Filed2 v Instance 1 Attribute 81 Hex NETT Q Enable Enable Waiting Q Start Done Done Length 1 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cres Next set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as DNET 2 6 DNET the name of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 2 The port number of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 6 The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Message Configuration Explicit MSG DeviceStatus Param Configuration Communication Tag Path DNET 2 6 Browse DNET 2 6 c c T Connected amp Enable Enable Waiting Q Start amp Done Done Length 2 O Error Cor Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text OK Cae When finished the MSG instruction will read the Trip Class from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer Files 2 as shown below Controller Tags DeviceNet controller Scope ffgDeviceNet Show ShowAl Name Value Explicit MSG_DeviceStatus_ClA fran MESSAGE Explicit MSG_DeviceStatus_Param eek neon MESSAGE Ewplicit MSG TripClass CIA m ree MESSAGE Integer Files Jn Decimal DINT 20 Integer Files
14. 85 mm window 20 100 mA for resistive loads only For motor load information consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen Bradley distributor ATTENTION The E3 Plus Overload Relay is not a ground fault circuit interrupt or for personal protection as defined in Article 100 of the NEC ATTENTION The E3 Plus Overload Relay is not intended to signal a A disconnecting means to open the faulted current A disconnecting device must be capable of interrupting the maximum available fault current of the system on which it is used Ground Fault Setting Range Series A and B E3 Plus Overload Relays have one ground fault sensing range 1 5 A E3 Plus Overload Relays 193 592 EC3__ and 193 592 EC5_ _ Series C and later using an193 CBCT external core balance ground fault sensor have four sensing ranges which are selectable via the GF Sensing Range Parameter 106 These ranges are e 20 100 mA For resistive loads only For motor load information consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen Bradley distributor e 100 500 mA e 200mA 10A e 1 0 5 0A Ground Fault Trip The E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip with a ground fault indication if e no trip currently exists ground fault protection is enabled Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 53 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions GF Inhibit Time has expired and GF Current
15. D OF DR loto SS A T bolo E Hd di H Hi booo E b aH EHe LELE v y Ort v g 1 ITE AT 98 NIS D K E Y CETTE eine seee aee boopodo i 11 4 4 D 9 64 11414 i C gt 29 64 fl Eb oo w a C Height B 193 EIMD Cat No NEMA Overload Contactor Width Depth Relay Size A without with C D E OF H J K L 592 EC__T 00 45 188 3 207 7 107 35 60 42 97 9 1 25 32 7 13 32 8 11 64 4 7 32 1 3 8 2 23 64 11 64 3 27 32 592 EC__C 0 1 90 4 112 1 69 9 179 4 5 15 159 4 163 47 5 27 5 3 9 16 4 13 32 2 3 4 7 1 16 13 64 7 15 32 6 7 16 1 7 8 1 5 64 2 100 80 219 3 5 54 186 189 5 3 15 16 3 5 32 8 5 8 7 32 7 21 64 7 15 32 592 EC__D 3 155 5 236 1 255 126 3 139 9 219 9 7 1 276 7 256 3 78 5 42 3 6 1 8 9 19 64 10 1 16 4 31 32 5 33 64 8 43 64 9 32 10 9 10 3 32 3 3 32 1 21 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 23 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Separate Panel Adapter Approximate Dimensions Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes Figure 8 193 ECPM1 Panel Adapter for use with Cat No 193 EC__B
16. 5 Yes Yes Jam 6 6 Yes Yes Underload 7 7 Yes Yes PTC 8 8 Yes Yes Current Imbalance 9 9 Yes Yes Comm Fault 10 10 Yes No Comm Idle 11 11 Yes No NonVol Memory Fault 12 No No Hardware Fault 13 No No ConfigurationFault 13 No No PM Starts 9 14 No No Remote Trip 15 No No PM Oper Hours 9 15 No No Blocked Start Start Inhibit 16 No No Voltage Input Module Hardware Fault 1 1 1 1 No No Under Voltage L L 1 2 1 2 Yes Yes Over Voltage L L 1 3 1 3 Yes Yes Voltage Unbalance 1 4 1 4 Yes Yes Phase Rotation 1 5 1 5 Yes Yes Under Frequency 1 6 1 6 Yes Yes Over Frequency 1 7 1 7 Yes Yes Under Real Power kW 2 1 2 1 Yes Yes Over Real Power kW 2 2 2 2 Yes Yes Under Reactive Power Consumed kVAR 2 3 2 3 Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Consumed kVAR 2 4 2 4 Yes Yes Under Reactive Power Generated kVAR 2 5 2 5 Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Generated kVAR 2 6 2 6 Yes Yes Under Apparent Power kVA 2 7 2 7 Yes Yes Over Apparent Power kVA 2 8 2 8 Yes Yes Under Power Factor Lagging PF 2 9 2 9 Yes Yes Over Power Factor Lagging PF 2 10 2 10 Yes Yes Under Power Factor Leading PF 2 11 2 11 Yes Yes Over Power Factor Leading PF 2 12 2 12 Yes Yes Power Value Overflow kW kVAR or KVA 2 13 2 13 Yes Yes Series C and later E3 Plus
17. Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0000001111111111 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 0000000000000000 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 63 Change of State Mask Bit Function Detail Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Function X Trip X Warning X Output A X Output B E3 Plus X Input 1 X Input 2 X Input 3 E3 Plus X Input 4 E3 Plus X Motor Current X Ground Fault Current E3 Plus Output Setup Group IMPORTANT The parameters in the Output Setup Group provide great flexibility in terms of output relay s operation under the conditions of Protection Faults Comm Fault and Comm Idle It is important therefore that the installer fully understands the use of these parameters their interaction with Trip Enable Parameter 24 and the order of priority Order of Priority The Out Pr FitState parameter settings take priority over the other settings If Comm Fault and Comm Idle are enabled set to 1 in Trip Enable the state that the output s assumes is first determined by the settings in the Out Pr FitState and Out PrFitValue parameters If Out Pr FitState is set to 1 ignore fault the state of the output s will be determined by the Out DN FitState and Out DN FltValue and Out DN IdlState and Out DN IdlValue settings If Comm Fault and Comm Idle are disabled set to 0 in Trip
18. Table 3 Ground Fault Current Reporting Summary Ground Fault Minimum Maximum E3 Plus Cat No Series Current Range Reporting Reporting Current 06 Current 696 20 100 mAG 10 mA 180 mA 193 592 EC3 and EC5 Series C and later 100 500 mA 50mA 900 mA 193 592 EC3 and EC5 Series C and later 200 mA 1 0A 100 mA 1 80A 193 592 EC3 and EC5 Series C and later 1 0 5 0A 500 mA 9 00A 193 592 EC2 and EC5 Series A and later TheE3Plus Overload Relay will report 0 A if the ground fault current is below 50 of the minimum ground fault current setting for a given range The E3 Plus Overload Relay is capable of reporting values greater than the maximum values shown but the accuracy of the value is compromised The accuracy specified is only applicable to non distorted sinusoidal currents Q 20 100 mA for resistive loads only For motor loads consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen Bradley distributor Frequency Range The E3 Plus Overload Relay is capable of sensing variable frequency ground fault currents ranging from 20 250 Hz Exception Any E3 Plus Overload Relay using an external ground fault sensor is limited to 50 60 Hz detection The E3 Overload relay provides a number of motor diagnostic parameters to assist maintenance personnel with information to minimize unplanned down time The relay also provides a number of preventative maintenance diagnostics to maximize the l
19. Code 42 Over PE Over Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected Lagging ver Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detecte 43 Under PF Under Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected Leading nder Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detecte 44 o Over Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected 45 aera kW kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value 46 Fault 46 47 Fault 47 48 Fault 48 DPI Warning Object This object provides access to warning information within the device The CLASS CODE 0x0098 following class attributes will be supported Table 125 Attribute ID Access Name Data Type Value Rule 1 Get Class Revision UINT 1 2 Get Number of Instances UINT 4 i O NOP 1 Clear Fault 3 Get Set Fault Cmd Write USINT 2 Clear Flt Queue The instance of the Fault Queue Entry containing 4 Get Fault Instance Read UINT information about the Fault that tripped the Device Number of Recorded The number of Faults 6 Get Faults JINT recorded in the Fault Queue Four instances of the DPI Warning Object will be supported Table 126 DPI Warning Object Instances Attribute ID Access Name Data Type Value Rule Full All Info Struct of Fault Code UINT See Table 127 Fault Source Struct of DPI Port Number USINT 0 Device object USINT Ox2c Ger Fault Text BYTE 16 See Table 127 Fault Time Stamp Struct of Timer Value ULDINT Timer Descriptor WORD Hel
20. IMPORTANT Read this manual in its entirety before installing operating servicing or initializing the E3 Overload Relay This manual is intended for qualified personnel responsible for setting up and servicing these devices You must have previous experience with and a basic understanding of communications technology configuration procedures required equipment and safety precautions To make efficient use of the E3 Overload Relay you must be able to program and operate devices with communications and have a basic understanding of the E3 Overload Relay s parameter settings and functions You should also understand DeviceNet network operations including how slave devices operate on the network and communicate with a DeviceNet master In this manual we refer to the E3 Overload Relay as it applies to both the E3 and E3 Plus Overload Relays E3 Plus Overload Relay when features and or functions apply specifically to it Parameter names are shown in italic typeface E3 refers to the overload relays E3 and E3 Plus E3 is the standard version E3 Plus is the enhanced version For SLC 500 and 1747 SDN information DeviceNet Scanner Module Installation Instructions Publication 1747 INO58E EN P DeviceNet Scanner Module User Manual Publication 1747 UM655B EN P For PLCS and 1771 SDN information DeviceNet Scanner Module Installation Instructions Publication 1771 5 14 DeviceNet Scanner Module Configurat
21. K2M KIM a 96 29 24 230V AC 95 N ai 8 ov 4 IN4 18 14 IG Qt 13 14 ib K2M 13 14 iNi KIM 172 171 Con m c Te Two Speed Non Reversing with Network Control The following figures show wiring diagrams of two speed non reversing starters with Series B and later E3 Plus Overload Relays Figure 27 NEMA Nomenclature pn HIGH Trp Relay o 13 n M NA P2 WP E3 Plus Out B LOW 23 24 Al HIGH A2 Q Contact shown with supply voltage applied Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 43 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Figure 28 CENELEC Nomenclature L1 195 E3 Plus Trip Relay 96 23 E3 Plus 13 E3 Plus Out A Out B 24 14 K2 K1 A1 A1 K1 K2 A2 A2 N 2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied External Remote Reset FRN 3 001 amp Later To reset a trip from an external remote location configure one of the E3 Overload Relay inputs for trip reset operation using one of Parameters 83 86 Wire the input as shown below Figure 29 Reset Wiring o O O f IMPORTANT Reset operation is edge sensitive and trip free That is holding the push button down maintaining the reset contact in a closed position will not prevent the E3 Overload Relay from tripping 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Introdu
22. Voltage Parameters Chapter 7 PT Pri Parameter Number 289 This parameter sets the primary winding Access Rule Get Set value of the potential transformer being Data Type UINT used to step down a voltage signal that is Object Mapping OFhex 121 01 eing measured Group Voltage Setup Only used on the 193 EC5ZZ 9 5000 A Units Volts Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 480 PT Sec Parameter Number 290 This parameter sets the secondary winding Access Rule Get Set value of the potential transformer being Data Type UINT used to step down a voltage signal that is Object Mapping OFhex 122 01 eing measured Group Voltage Setup Only used on the 193 EC5ZZ 9 5000 A Units Volts Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 540 Default Value 480 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 157 Chapter 7 Voltage Parameters 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Introduction Phase Power Reporting Chapter 8 Power Parameters The E3 Plus model ECS offers power based motor protection This model also provides maintenance personnel with power based diagnostic information when investigating an unplanned shut down or performing energy management This chapter provides information for the power monitoring and setup parameters for the E3 Plus Overload Relay model ECS Power Range The E3 Plus model ECS provides p
23. and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OVARG Warn Level Parameter 264 allows the installer to define the total reactive power generated in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 32767 0 The E3 Plus Model ECS has the capability to protect against apparent power kVA for specific applications that require the monitoring of both voltage and current The user can protect or issue a warning in the event that the apparent power kVA consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 81 Chapter 3 82 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Under Apparent Power Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under apparent power indication if e no trip currently exists Under Apparent Power protection is enabled UVA Inhibit Time has expired and Total Apparent Power is equal to or less than UVA Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UVA Trip Delay When the under apparent power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 7 short blink pattern bit 6 in Parameter 227 PW Trip Status will set to 1 e bit 0 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UVA Inhibit Time Parameter 265 allows the i
24. e CI Inhibit Time has expired and Current Imbal is equal to or greater than the CI Trip Level for a time period greater than the CI Trip Delay If the relay trips on a Current Imbalance the e TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 9 blink pattern e bit 8 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Trip Relay contacts will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 CIInhibit Time Parameter 49 allows the installer to inhibit a current imbalance trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence It is adjustable from 0 250 seconds CI Trip Delay Parameter 50 allows the installer to define the time period for which a current imbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds CI Trip Level Parameter 51 allows the installer to define the percent current imbalance which will cause the relay to trip on a Current Imbalance It is adjustable from 10 100 IMPORTANT The Current Imbalance inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30 of the device s minimum FLA Setting The E3 Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a curre
25. 12 13 Total Reactive Energy Net VARh 32 14 bit Floating Point 15 16 17 Total Apparent Energy VAh 32 pp gy 18 bit Floating Point 19 0 i kW Demand 2 25 Demand EC5 only s VAR Demand 4 E VA Demand 0 i Max kW Demand 2 26 Peak Demand Max VAR Demand 4 z Max VA Demand 0 i Power Trip Status 27 Power Trip Warn 5 E Power Warning Status The following common services will be implemented Table 135 E3 Status Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance 0x03 No Yes Get_Attribute_List 0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 267 Appendix B DeviceNet Information 268 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 EC Directive Compliance EMC Directive Appendix C CE Compliance The E3 Overload Relay is intended for use in a heavy industrial environment It is CE marked for conformity to the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC as amended by 93 68 EEC and the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC as amended by 92 31 EEC and 93 68 EEC when installed as described in this manual IMPORTANT The conformity of the E3 Overload Relay to these standards does not guarantee that an entire installation will conform Many other factors can influence the entire installation and only direct measurements can verify total system conformity It is therefore the responsibility if the installer to ensure sys
26. 592 EC5 Replacement Parts Relay 193 EC1 F G H 592 EC1_ E F G 193 EC3_ FG H 592 EC3_ EEG 193 EC5 E G H 592 EC5 EEG Voltage Input Module 193 EC All Models 592 EC Connectors amp Ribbon Cable 193 EC All Models 592 EC Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 Appendix E 273 Appendix E Accessories 274 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience an anomoly within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440 646 3434 Outside United States or Use the Worldwide Locator at htt
27. December 2011 249 Appendix B 250 DeviceNet Information Table 116 Control Supervisor Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes Table 117 Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes Warning Trip Name Code EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Test Trip 10 x x Remote Trip 11 x x Thermal Overload 21 x x Phase Loss 22 x x L1 Loss 23 L2 Loss 24 L3 Loss 25 Phase Imbalance 26 x x Ground Fault 27 x x Jam 28 x x Underload 29 x x Under Voltage L L 5 x Over Voltage L L 52 x Voltage Unbalance 53 x Phase Rotation 54 x Hardware Config Flt 60 x x Non Volatile Memory 62 x x Starts Hour Exceeded 73 x x Stall 101 x x Comm Fault 102 x x Comm Idle Fault 103 x x PTC Fault 104 x PM Starts 105 X x PM Oper Hours 106 x x L1 Undercurrent 107 L2 Undercurrent 108 L3 Undercurrent 109 L1Overcurrent 110 L2Overcurrent 111 L3Overcurrent 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Acknowledge Handler Object 0x2B Overload Object Class Code 0x2C Table 117 Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes Warning Trip Name Code EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Voltage Hard
28. E3 Plus Input 4 E3 Plus Motor Current Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Ground Fault Current E3 Plus 143 Chapter6 Monitoring Parameters Firmware Parameter Number 22 This parameter allows the installer to read Aanes Rulle Get the firmware revision number FRN of the Data Type UINT E3 Overload Relay Object Mapping B4hex 01 0C Group Monitor Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value Dev Config Parameter Number 23 This parameter allows the installer to read Access Rule Get which features are enabled in the E3 Data Type UINT Overload Relay as outlined in the table Object Mapping B4hex 01 14 Group Monitor Units 1 2 Onor Present 0 Off or Not Present Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O X 4in 2 out X PTC Hardware X GF Hardware X External GF X Heat Trace X Voltage Hdw Warn Log 0 Series C and later Parameter Number 90 This parameter records the latest warning Access Rule Get Data Type WORD Object Mapping 29hex 1 109 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Warning Status Table Maximum Value See Warning Status Table Default Value 0 Warn Log 1 Series C and later Parameter Number 91 This parameter recor
29. Parameter 161 will set to 1 and e bit lin Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 V UnbalWarnLevel Parameter 232 allows the installer to define the percent voltage unbalance in which the E3 Overload Relay will indicate a warning It is user adjustable from 0 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Voltage Rotation Protection iting of a three phase voltage system can effect the rotational direction of an electric motor The E3 Plus model EC5 can protect against the improper phase rotation so that an electric motor rotates in the proper direction ABC or ACB to prevent equipment from being damaged Voltage Rotation Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Voltage Rotation indication if notrip currently exists Voltage Rotation protection is enabled Ph Rot InhibitTime has expired and e V Phase Rot is not equal to the Ph Rot Trip If the relay trips on a Voltage Rotation the TRIP WARN LED will flash red a 1 long and 5 short blink pattern bit 4in V Trip Status Parameter 160 will set to 1 e bitO in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contacts will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed Ph Rot InhibitTime Parameter 223 allows the installer to inhibit a voltage rotation trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence It is
30. TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 1 long and 6 short blink pattern bit5in V Trip Status Parameter 160 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UF Inhibit Time Parameter 233 allows the installer to inhibit an under frequency trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UF Trip Delay Parameter 234 allows the installer to define the time period an under frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UF Trip Level Parameter 235 allows the installer to define the frequency in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 250 Hz Under Frequency Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under frequency warning condition if e no warning currently exists e UFWarning is enabled UF Inhibit Time has expired and e Volt Frequency is equal to or less than the UF Warn Level When the under frequency warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 6 short blink pattern bit5 in V Warning Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Fun
31. The E3 Overload Relay is not receiving power at the Check DeviceNet power and cable connections DeviceNet connector and the power connection on the DeviceNet connector Green The E3 or E3 Plus Overload Relay is trying to determine 1 The overload relay can not determine the network Red the network baud rate baud rate if no network traffic exists Network Off traffic can be induced by invoking a Network Who using DeviceNet Manager Green Overload Relay is on line but not allocated to a master 1 Check DeviceNet master and its scan list for correct scanner configuration Green Normal operating state and the E3 Overload Relay is No action required allocated to a master Red I O connection timed out Reset DeviceNet master device Red Diagnostics test failed on power up reset Internal fault 1 Cycle power to the unit and network If the fault Input and Output Troubleshooting Procedures 222 exists Duplicate DeviceNet node address exists two DeviceNet nodes cannot have the same address Invalid baud rate if autobaud is disabled Loss of Node Address still exists replace unit Change the value of Parameter 57 NonVol MAC ID to a valid address and reset the device This will only occur if Parameter 55 AutoBaudEnable is set to disabled Set Parameter 55 to enabled and reset the E3 Overload Relay or set Parameter 56 NonVol Baud Rate to the correct setting and reset the E3 Overloa
32. WOlLOl NI AD My BR WwW N o SS Total kVAR EC5 Only N eo N SS Total kVA EC5 Only N N N w SS Total PF EC5 Only Voltage Trip Warn EC5 only Voltage Trip Status Voltage Warning Status Line Voltages EC5 only L1 L2 Voltage L2 L3 Voltage L3 L1 Voltage NIAJ AJo N ojo Nnj o Ave Voltage L L 264 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes L3 Power Factor Attribute Name Byte Data 0 L1 N Voltage 2 L2 N Voltage 15 Line Neutral Voltages 3 EC5 only 4 E L3 N Voltage 6 7 Ave Voltage N 0 i Voltage Unbalance 2 16 Voltage Phase Data EC5 Voltage Frequency only 3 4 z Voltage Phase Rotation 0 i L1 Real Power 2 L2 Real Power 17 Real Power EC5 only P E L3 Real Power 6 7 Total Real Power 0 i L1 Reactive Power 2 L2 Reactive Power 18 Reactive Power EC5 3 only 4 L3 Reactive Power 6 7 Total Reactive Power 0 i L1 Apparent Power 2 L2 Apparent Power 19 Apparent Power EC5 3 only 4 s L3 Apparent Power 6 7 Total Apparent Power 0 i L1 Power Factor 2 L2 Power Factor 20 Power Factor EC5 only 5 6 7 Total Power Factor Rockwell Aut
33. When finished the MSG instruction will read the 25 parameters from the E3 Overload Relay and place the results into MSG_Read_Data as shown below Scope fa CompactLogix_L v Show Show All Data Type Local Tino est AB 1768 SDN 436Bytes 0 Local 1 0 Bon Tiger 4B 1769_SDN_364Bytes 0 0 MSG Read Data lloc Kins STATUS OBJECT READ DATA MSG Read Data Number of Attributes 6 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data Voltage_Attribute_Num 15 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Voltage Altirbute Status 0 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Voltage L1 120 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Voltage L2 o Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data Voltage_L3 0 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Voltage Average 60 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Current Attribute Num 1 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Current Attribute Status 0 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data Current_L1 46 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Current L2 0 Decimal INT MSG Read Data Current L3 0 Decimal INT MS amp G Read Data Current Average 23 Decimal INT MS amp G Read Data Current Ground Fault Decimal INT MS amp G Read Data Kw Attribute Num 17 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kw Attribute Status 0 Decimal INT MSG Read Datakw L1 51 Decimal INT MSG Read Datakw L2 ol Decimal INT MSG Read Datakw L3 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kw Total 51 7 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data kVAR_Attribute_Num 18 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data kVAR_Attribute_Status Decimal INT MSG Read Data kVAR L1 5 Decimal INT MSG Re
34. and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OVARC Inhibit Time Parameter 253 allows the installer to inhibit an over reactive power consumed trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OVARC Trip Delay Parameter 254 allows the installer to define the time period an over reactive power consumed condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OVARC Trip Level Parameter 255 allows the installer to define the total reactive power consumed in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Reactive Power Consumed Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over real power warning condition if no warning currently exists Over Reactive Power Consumed Warning is enabled OVARC Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or greater than the OVARC Warn Level When the over reactive power consumed warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 4 short blink pattern e bit 3 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go set 1 OVARC Warn Level Parameter 256 allows the installer to define the total reactive power
35. commanded via the network When set to Group NE 0 Output A will open or close as Units ES determined by the setting of Parameter 66 Minimum Value 0 Go to FitValue 66 Maximum Value 1 Ignore Fault Default Value 0 OUTA PR FLTVALUE Parameter Number 66 Access Rule Get Set This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when a trip occurs and Dete ipe pou Parameter 65 is set to 0 Object Mapping 0x09 1 114 Group DeviceNet I O Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value 0 OUTA DN FLTSTATE Parameter Number 67 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 68 defines how Output A will respond when a DeviceNet network fault Object Mapping 0x09 1 5 occurs When set to 1 Output A will hold Group DeviceNet 1 0 the state prior to trip occurrence When set L to 0 Output A will open or close as Units determined by the setting of Parameter 68 Minimum Value 0 Go to FitValue 68 Maximum Value 1 Hold Last State Default Value 0 Output A can be configured to go to a desired state in the event of a DeviceNet network fault independent from enabling CommFault in Parameter 24 Trip Enable OUTA DN FLTVALUE Parameter Number 68 Access Rule Get Set a a 2 network fault occurs and Parameter 67 is Object Mapping 0x09 1 6 set to 0 Group De
36. mon vor oo orc omn t o Taren Mowe Logieat ea esi 10 Disable Edit mode by de selecting the Edit mode button or through the Tools menu Function Block Editor File Edit View Communications MESA 3 S QQ lovic very miem ms me m t g e 2 Compare Move Logical 7 J Resource 11 If programming the function block offline exit the Function Block editor and go online with the DeviceNetwork Download the parameters including the DeviceLogix Function Blocks to the E3 Plus and proceed to step 12 If programming the function block online download the Function Blocks to the E3 Plus by selecting the Download button or through the Communications menu WP Function Block Editor File Edit View Eesmine Tools Help mmm LEA KSN dde mdp X Timer Counter amp Move Logical B c Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 11 A dialog box will appear when the Function Blocks are successfully downloaded to the E3 Plus Press OK to continue Devicelogix A Download successfully completed C 12 Next the DeviceLogix Function Blocks need to be enabled This can be done through a DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Catalog Number 193 DNCT or through RSNetWorx When using RSNetWorx to enable the DeviceLogix function blocks select the Logic Enable On button or through the Communications menu
37. more than the RMS symmetrical amperes listed in the following tables Short Circuit Ratings Maximum Available Fault Current A Voltage V 600 Table 10 UL Cat No 193 EC 592 EC _ T 5 000 D C E 10 000 F G 18 000 H 42 000 Z 5 000 Table 11 IEC Cat No Prospective 193 EC__ 592 EC Current I A B T 1 000 D C 3 000 E D 5 000 Conditional Short Circuit Current la A Maximum Voltage V 100 000 690 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 High Fault Short Circuit Ratings Table 12 Per UL 508 amp CSA 22 2 No 14 with Bulletin 100 C amp 100 D Contactors Cat No Maximum 193 EC1 EC2 EC3 Contactor Starter Available Fault Class J or EC4 EC5 100 FLC A Current A Voltage V CC Fuse A BO es g woo l eo 20 C12 12 20 C16 16 30 C23 23 30 _D C30 30 100 000 600 50 C37 37 50 C43 43 70 iE C60 60 100 000 600 80 C72 72 100 C85 85 150 FF ZZ D95 95 100 000 600 200 D110 110 200 D140 140 250 GF ZZ D180 180 100 000 600 300 GG ZZ D210 210 100 000 600 400 D250 250 400 D300 300 500 HG ZZ D210 210 100 000 600 400 D250 250 400 D300 300 500 JG ZZ D300 300 100 000 600 500 D420 420 600 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 31 Chap
38. program a time duration for which an over power factor lagging condition must exist prior to the device tripping Object Mapping OFhex 116 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OPFLG Trip Level Parameter Number 279 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over power Data Type SINT factor lagging trip level Object Mapping OFhex 117 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 0 Default Value 95 OPFLG Warn Level Parameter Number 280 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over power Data Type SINT factor lagging warning level Object Mapping OFhex 118 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 0 Default Value 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 179 Chapter 8 180 Power Parameters UPELD Inhibit Time Parameter Number 281 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of time for which an under power factor Deria pE uey leading detection is inhibited during a Object Mapping OFhex 119 01 motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UPFLD Trip Delay Parameter Number 28
39. while the E3 Overload Relay is in a tripped state E3 is Reset from Trip After an E3 Overload Relay is returned to normal following a trip reset operation of Out A and Out B is determined by the state of the firmware latch The output state matrix below details this Table 64 Output State Matrix for Output Setup Parameters Out X Output State C ded Following Trip Reset Output State PR FitState PR FitValue hee a E ene ee ee Prior to Trip Setting Setting Trip During Trip Series A Series B amp Later Open 0 Go to FitValue 0 Open Open Open Open Open Close Closed Open none Open Open 1 Closed Closed Open Open Closed Close Closed Closed none Open Closed 1 Ignore Fault As Commanded Close 0 Go to FitValue 0 Open Open Open Open Open Close Closed Open none Closed Open 1 Closed Closed Open Open Closed Close Closed Closed none Closed Closed 1 Ignore Fault As Commanded Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 65 Output A Parameters Detail OUTA PR FLTSTATE Parameter Number 65 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 66 defines how Output A will respond when a trip occurs When set to Object Mapping 0x09 1 113 1 Output A will continue to operate as DeviceNet
40. 0 0 OutA Table 86 Assembly Object Instance 103 Data Format BASIC CMD Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Remote Trip Fault Reset OutA Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Input Assemblies DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 87 Assembly Object Instance 104 Data Format OUTPUT COMMAND Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Fault Reset OutB OutA Table 88 Assembly Object Instance 105 Data Format COMMAND Byte Bit7 Bit Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Remote Trip Fault Reset OutB OutA Table 89 Instance 110 Status Parameter Data Link Output Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Remote Fault Reset Output B Output A Trip 1 Reserved 2 Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Input7 Input 6 Input5 Input4 Input3 nput2 Input 1 Input 0 3 Network Network Network Networl Network Network Network Network Input 15 Input 14 Input13 nput12 input11 Input 10 Input9 inputs Status Parameter A low atus Parameter A high Sl oj on gt S Status Parameter B low S atus Parameter B high Table 90 Assembly Object Instance 140 Data Format DEVICELOGIX CMD Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Remote Fault Reset Output B Output A Trip 1 Network
41. 0 5 137 Get Set GF Trip Level USINT 1 0 5 0A 2 5 138 Get Set GF Warn Level USINT 1 0 5 0A 2 0 139 Get Set Stall Enabld Time USINT 0 250 seconds 0 140 Get Set Stall Trip Level UINT 100 600 600 141 Get Set Jam Inhibit Time USINT 0 250 seconds 0 142 Get Set Jam Trip Delay USINT 0 1 25 0 seconds 5 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 120 Overload Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value Default ID Rule Type 143 Get Set Jam Trip Level UINT 0 600 96FLA 250 144 Get Set Jam Warn Level UINT 0 600 96FLA 150 145 Get Set UL Inhibit Time USINT 0 250 seconds 10 146 Get Set UL Trip Delay USINT 0 1 25 0 seconds 5 0 147 Get Set UL Trip Level USINT 10 100 FLA 0 50 148 Get Set UL Warn Level USINT 10 100 FLA 0 70 149 Get Set Cl Inhibit Time USINT 0 250 seconds 10 150 Get Set Cl Trip Delay USINT 0 1 25 0 seconds 5 0 151 Get Set CI Trip Level USINT 10 100 96FLA 35 152 Get Set CI Warn Level USINT 10 100 96FLA 20 m 0 Enabled 1530 Get Set GF Trip Inhibit USINT 1 Disabled 0 0 Disabled 1540 Get Set 2 Spd Net Enable USINT 1 Enabled 0 This attribute exists only for current ranetgs Current 1550 Get Set 2 Spd FLA Set UINT that report 1 or 2 Range decimal places Dependent resolution This attribute exists Curr
42. 00 5 00 9 0 45 0 9 0 18 0 90 0 18 0 9 45 9 50 5 18 90 18 100 5 28 140 28 150 5 42 210 42 200 5 60 302 60 300 5 84 420 84 500 5 125 630 125 600 5 172 860 172 800 5 240 1215 240 1200 5 450 2250 450 2500 5 1000 5000 1000 5000 5 Devices with an FLA setting range of 9 5000 A 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Table 42 Other Overload Setup Group Parameters Detail Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 TRIP CLASS Parameter Number 29 m Access Rule Get Set maximum time i seconds fr an over oad Esse E trip to occur when the motor operating Object Mapping 2Chex 1 129 current is six times its rated current Group Overload Setup Units Minimum Value 5 Maximum Value 30 Default Value 10 OL PTC RESET MODE Parameter Number 30 l Access Rule Get Set Overload or PIC Trp can be automatically DAA Pe o or manually reset Note all other trips must Object Mapping 0x29 1 130 be manually reset Group Overload Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Manual Maximum Value 1 Auto Default Value 0 OL RESET LEVEL Parameter Number 31 C Access Rule Get Set a M UST Therm Utilized must fall below before an Object Mapping 0x29 1 131 overload trip can be manually or Group Overload Setup ae Units Thermal Utilization Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default
43. 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 UPFLD Warn Level Parameter 284 allows the installer to define the total power factor leading in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Power Factor Leading Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over power factor leading indication if no trip currently exists Over Power Factor Leading protection is enabled OPFLD Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or greater than OPFLD Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OPFLD Trip Delay When the over power factor leading trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 12 short blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 87 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Protective Trip amp Warning Summary e bit 11 in Parameter 227 PW Trip Status will set to 1 bit 0 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and Theoutputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OPFLD Inhibit Time Parameter 285 allows the installer to inhibit an over power factor leading trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OPFLD Trip Delay Parameter 286 allows the installer to define the time period an over power factor leading condition must be presen
44. 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 413 211 Function x Ou CD pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu Ou pu coy N oF BY CL MN gt l c Ou pu co Ou pu 10 Ou pu 11 Ou pu 12 Ou pu 13 gt x lt ojojoj ODO ODO MO O MO O MO CO MO MO o Ou pu 14 X DLogix Enabled Table 70 Net Outputs Change of State COS Mask Parameter Detail NET OUT COS MASK Parameter Number 82 This parameter allows the installer to select Access Rule Get Set the events for which a COS message is Data Type WORD produced Object Mapping OxB4 1 50 1 Enabled Group DeviceLogix 0 Disabled Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 201 1 Programmable Parameters Table 71 Net Outputs Change of State Mask Bit Function Detail Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Function x lt Net Outpu x lt 2 Outpu gt x lt zZ Outpu gt lt 2 Outpu gt x lt zZ Outpu gt lt 2 Ou pu gt x lt Z Ou pu x lt 2 Ou pu x pd Ou pu l N o Oo eA co N gt e 2 Ou pu co x lt 2 Ou pu
45. 2 Slave Only device type Yes Polled I O Messaging Yes Change of State Messaging Yes Cyclic Messaging Yes Explicit Messaging Yes Full Parameter Object Support Yes Group 4 Off Line Node Recovery Messaging Yes Configuring Consistency Value Yes Unconnected Messaging Manager UCMM Yes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Specifications Appendix A Protection Table 22 Protection Trip Warning Overload Yes Yes Phase Loss Yes No Ground Fault 9 Yes Yes Stall Yes No Jam Yes Yes Underload Yes Yes Thermistor PTC 9 Yes Yes Current Imbalance Yes Yes Communication Fault Yes Yes Communication Idle Yes Yes Remote Trip Yes No Blocked Start Start Inhibit Yes No Under Voltage L L Yes Yes Over Voltage L L Yes Yes Voltage Unbalance 9 Yes Yes Phase Rotation Yes Yes Under Frequency Yes Yes Over Frequency 6 Yes Yes Under Real Power kW Yes Yes Over Real Power kW Yes Yes Under Reactive Power Consumed kVAR Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Consumed kVAR Yes Yes Under Reactive Power Generated kVAR Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Generated kVAR Yes Yes Under Apparent Power kVA Yes Yes Over Apparent Power kVA Yes Yes Under Power Factor Lagging PF Yes Yes Over Power Factor Lagging PF Yes Yes Under Power Factor Leading PF Yes Yes Over Power
46. 263 OVARG Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Check power system 2 Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 267 UVA Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Over Apparent Power kVA Under Power Factor Lagging PF Apparent power has exceeded the programmed over apparent power level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Power factor has exceeded the programmed under power factor lagging level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check power system 2 Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 271 OVA Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable
47. Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to Data Type USINT program a time duration for which an over apparent power kVA condition must exist prior to the device tripping Object Mapping OFhex 10E 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 177 Chapter 8 178 Power Parameters OVA Trip Level Parameter Number 271 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over apparent power kVA trip level Deria pe INi Object Mapping OFhex 10F 01 Group Power Setup Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value OVA Warn Level Parameter Number 272 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over apparent power kVA warning level Data Type un Object Mapping OFhex 110 01 Group Power Setup Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value UPFLG Inhibit Time Parameter Number 273 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of time for which an under power factor Data Type EM lagging detection is inhibited during a Object Mapping OFhex 111 01 motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UPFLG Trip Delay Parameter Numb
48. Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT time for which an under reactive power kVAR generated detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Object Mapping OFhex 101 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UVARG Trip Delay Parameter Number 258 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to Data Type USINT program a time duration for which an under reactive power kVAR generated condition must exist prior to the device Object Mapping OFhex 102 01 tripping Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UVARG Trip Level Parameter Number 259 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under reactive Data Type INT power kVAR generated trip level Object Mapping OFhex 103 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 0 Default Value UVARG Warn Level Parameter Number 260 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under reactive Data Type INT power kVAR generated warning level Object Mapping OFhex 104 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 0 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 175 Chapter 8 176 Power Parameters
49. Amperes Average current Amperes Average current of motor FLC Percentage of thermal capacity utilized Current imbalance percentage Ground fault current EC2 EC3 and EC5 only Amperes Refer to Chapter 6 for further information Diagnostic Parameters e Device Status e Trip Status e Warning Status Time to an overload trip in seconds Time to reset after an overload trip in seconds e History of the past five trips and warnings Diagnostic data at the time of a trip Refer to Chapter 6 for further information Voltage Parameters e Voltage range e Phase rotation e Voltage warning status Voltage unbalance Voltage frequency Refer to Chapter 7 for further information Power Parameters Power range Reactive power Apparent power Power factor Power consumed Refer to Chapter 8 for further information Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 13 Chapter 1 Product Overview Overload Relay Features 14 Trip Relay When the E3 Overload Relay is in the unpowered state the trip relay contact is open The trip relay contact closes approximately 2 to 35 seconds after power is applied if no trip condition exists Inputs amp Outputs In addition to the trip relay the E3 Overload Relay provides inputs and outputs as shown below Table 1 Inputs amp Outputs Model mptO Ooms ECI 2 1 EC2 EC3 4 2 EC5 6 2 I
50. BOOL Local 1 1 Data 0 4 0 Decimal BOOL Locat1 l Data 0 5 0 Decimal BOOL Local 1 1 Data 0 6 0 Decimal BOOL Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Explicit Messaging Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 For more information on configuring the scanlist of a DeviceNet Scanner refer to DeviceNet Node Commissioning on page 95 The E3 Overload relay supports Explicit Messaging via DeviceNet This allows a controller to read and write various parameters from an E3 Overload Relay using the unused bandwidth of the DeviceNet network In these examples a CompactLogix L32E controller will read a parameter or group of parameters from the E3 Overload Relay located on Node 6 on a DeviceNet network using the following DeviceNet objects Parameter Object 0x0F Control Supervisor Object 0x29 Overload Object 0x2C E3 Status Object 0x0375 Reading Device Status using the Parameter Object Class OxOF In this example a Periodic Task has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the Device Status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Parameter Object Class The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic Task executes The Device Status is located in Parameter 21 within the E3 Plus Overload Relay Setup the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab
51. Bit 7 PTC O Bit 8 Current Imbal Bit 9 Comm Fault Bit 10 Comm Idle Bit 11 NonVol Mem Bit 12 Hardware Fault Bit 13 Reserved Bit 14 Remote Trip Bit 15 Blocked Start Bit 0 Reserved Bit 1 Overload Bit 2 Phase Loss Bit 3 Ground Fault Bit 4 Reserved Bit 5 Jam Bit 6 Underload Bit 7 PTC Bit 8 Current Imbal Bit 9 Comm Fault Bit 10 Comm Idle Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Config Fault Bit 13 PM Starts Bit 14 PM Oper Hours Last trip condition Bit definitions of the value are the same as attribute 114 Last trip condition Bit definitions of the value are the same as attribute 114 Last trip condition Bit definitions of the value are the same as attribute 114 Last trip condition Bit definitions of the value are the same as attribute 114 Last trip condition Bit definitions of the value are the same as attribute 114 Bit 0 Trip Bit 1 Warning Bit 2 OutputA Bit 3 OutputB 96 Bit 4 Input 1 Bit 5 Input 2 Bit 6 Input 3 96 Bit 7 Input 4 096 Bit 8 Motor Current Bit 9 GF Current 9 Bit 10 Input 5 Bit 11 Input 6 Bit 12 Motor Voltage DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 115 Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access Name ID Rule 124 Get Set Trip Enable 125 Get Set Warning Enable 126 Get Set Trip Reset 130 Get Set Reset Mode 131 Get Set OL Reset Level 132 Get Set Clear Que
52. C43 5 000 000 W 100 C60 100 C85 2 500 000 W NEMA Size 0 2 1 000 000 W NEMA Size 3 300 000 Table 18 Input Ratings Terminals IN 1 1 IN 2 2 IN 3 E3 Plus 3 IN 4 E3 Plus 4 Supply Voltage 24V DC 5 6 IN 5 E3 Plus model EC5 7 IN 6 E3 Plus model EC5 8 Supply Voltage provided by E3 24V DC 10 Type of Inputs Current Sinking On State Voltage 15V DC On State Current turn on 2mA Steady State Current 8mA Off State Voltage 5V DC Off State Current 0 5 mA Transition Voltage 5 15V DC Transition Current 0 5 2 0 mA Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Specifications Appendix A Environmental Specifications Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications Table 19 Thermistor PTC Input Ratings E3 Plus models EC2 and EC3 Terminals 1T1 112 Type of Control Unit Mark A Maximum Number of Sensors 6 Maximum Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 Q Trip Resistance 34000 1500 Reset Resistance 1600 O 100 0 Short circuit Trip Resistance 25Q 100 Maximum Voltage PTC Terminals Rptc 4 KQ 7 5V DC Maximum Voltage PTC Terminals Rprc open 30V DC Response Time 800 ms Table 20 Environmental Specifications Ambient Temperature Storage 40 85 C 40 185 F Operating Open 20 4 55 C 4 131 F Enclosed 20 40 C 4 104 F Humidity Operating 5 95 N
53. C43 Starter Assembly installation instructions for use with Catalog Numbers 193 EC__B and EC__D are shown in Figure 2 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Figure 2 100 C09 C43 Starter Assembly Installation 2 25Nm The 100 C60 C85 Starter Assembly installation instructions for use with Catalog Numbers 193 EC__E are shown in Figure 3 Figure 3 100 C60 C85 Starter Assembly Installation 2 4Nm 35 Ib in The 100 D95 D860 Starter Assembly installation instructions for use with Catalog Numbers 193 EC__F 193 EC__G and EC__H are shown below ATTENTION The voltage ratings of the E3 Overload Relay s output and trip relays must not be exceeded If the voltage ratings are exceeded an IN interposing relay must be used ATTENTION Connect the internal metal shield to a solid earth ground via a low impedance connection Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 19 Chapter 2 Installation amp Wiring IMPORTANT IMPORTANT Ground fault protection requires connection of an external core balance current transformer CBCT For identification of the proper CT ratio to be programmed refer to the product nameplate Figure 4 100 D95 D860 Starter Assembly Installation C i Supplied with Emm A Sn 100 D115 D140 D189 e Nm 195 Ibin 100 D210 D420 43 Nem 880 Ib
54. D860 G Size EC5 E3 Plus E i800 Z Panel Mount CT fed F 28 140 G 42 210 H 60 302 J 84 420 K 125 630 L 172 860 Q 0 4 90 A Provides 1 5 A internal core balanced ground fault protection 0 4 5000 A Provides 20 mA 5 A external core balanced ground fault protection External ground fault sensor required Cat nos 193 CBCT 1 4 The overload relay is factory programmed for three phase operation The installer can easily be changed to single phase operation by accessing and changing Single Three Phase Parameter 27 Refer to page 34 for typical motor connections The E3 Overload Relay provides the following protection and warning functions Function Model Overload All Models Phase loss trip only Stall trip only Jam Underload Current imbalance Number of starts warning only Operating hours warning only Voltage EC5 Only Power Frequency e Ground fault EC2 EC3 amp EC5 Only Thermistor PTC input EC2 and EC3 Only Refer to Chapter 3 on page 45 for further explanation of these protection and warning functions Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Parameter Monitoring Product Overview Chapter 1 The E3 Overload Relay allows the user to monitor information on various parameters over the DeviceNet network Current Based Operational Data Current Based Operational Data Unit of Measure Individual phase currents
55. DeviceNet Setup e Overload Setup e Output Setup e Reset Lock Groups DeviceLogix Setup e Advanced Setup Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 105 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters Additional information on select parameter groups may be found in the upcoming chapters as listed below e Trip History Chapter 9 e Snapshot Group Chapter 9 Monitor Group Chapter 6 Voltage Setup Chapter 7 Power Setup Chapter 8 Table 27 Monitor Group Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 1 L1 Current 17 Trip Log 1 2 L2 Current 18 Trip Log 2 3 L3 Current 19 Trip Log 3 4 Average Current 20 Trip Log 4 5 L1 FLA 21 Device Status 6 L2 FLA 22 Firmware 7 L3 FLA 23 Device Configuration 8 Average FLA 90 Warning Log 0 9 Therm Utilized 91 Warning Log 1 9 0 GF Current 92 Warning Log 2 1 Current Imbalance 93 Warning Log 3 9 2 OL Time to Trip 94 Warning Log 4 9 3 OL Time to Reset 95 Elapsed Time 4 Trip Status 96 Starts Counter 5 Warning Status 97 Starts Available Q 6 Trip Log 0 98 Time to Start Series C FRN 4 00 and higher Table 28 Overload Setup Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 27 Single Three Phase 30 OL PTC Reset Mode 28 FLA Setting 31 OL Reset Ratio 29 Trip Class 78 CT Ratio Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011
56. EC3 EC4 EC5 100 FLC A 1 A 1 Al V Typel Type II B C09 9 1 000 100 000 600 20 15 C12 12 20 20 C16 16 30 30 C23 23 40 40 D C30 30 3 000 100 000 600 50 50 C37 37 50 50 C43 43 70 70 E C60 60 3 000 100 000 600 80 80 C72 72 100 100 C85 85 5 000 150 150 FF ZZ D95 95 10 000 100 000 600 200 200 D110 110 200 200 D140 140 250 250 GF ZZ D180 180 10 000 100 000 600 300 300 GG ZZ D210 210 10 000 100 000 600 400 400 D250 250 400 400 D300 300 500 500 HG ZZ D210 210 10 000 100 000 600 400 400 D250 250 400 400 D300 300 500 500 JG ZZ D300 300 10 000 100 000 600 500 500 D420 420 600 600 Table 15 NEMA Contactors Max Short Circuit Current Max Class J Fuse A Cat No Contactor Starter Prospective Conditional Voltage with with 592 EC Size FLC A 1 A 1 Al V Type Type Il JT 00 9 1 000 100 000 600 20 20 BE 0 1 18 27 3 000 30 30 2 45 60 60 _D 3 90 5 000 200 200 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 33 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Typical Motor Connections External Line Current Transformer Application 34 Three Phase Direct On Line DOL amp Single Phase Full Voltage ATTENTION When working on energized circuits DO NOT rely on A voltage and current information provided by the E3 and E3 Plus Overload Relay for personal safety Always use a portable voltage or current measurement device to measure the signal locally IMPORTANT Single T
57. Enable the state that the output s assumes will be determined by the Out DN FitState and Out DN Fit Value and Out DN IdiState and Out DN IdleValue settings IMPORTANT The following information addresses the behavior variation between Series A and Series B and later products in relation to the Output Setup parameters E3 is Normal No Trip Present In normal operation the E3 Overload Relay firmware latches Out A and Out B commands received through Polled I O and Explicit messaging The latched states are applied to the outputs until the next command is received Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 127 Chapter 5 Programmable Parameters 128 F3 is Tripped In the event of a protection trip the state of an E3 Overload Relay output is determined by the programmed settings of the corresponding Out_ Pr FltState and Out Pr FltValue parameters When Out Pr FltState is set to Ignore Fault output operation continues to respond to message commands When Out_ Pr FltState is set to Go to FltValue the output commanded states are determined by the settings of the Out_ Pr FltValue parameters regardless of the state of the firmware latch Series A product continues to update the firmware latch as new commands are received while the E3 Overload Relay is in a tripped state Series B and later product sets the firmware latch to the Out_ Pr FltValue when Out Pr FltState is set to Go to FltValue
58. FLA Setting The E3 Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a phase loss condition until the PL Inhibit Time expires Ground Fault Prote ction E3 In isolated or high impedance grounded systems core balanced current sensors Plu s are typically used to detect low level ground faults caused by insulation breakdowns or entry of foreign objects Detection of such ground faults can be used to interrupt the system to prevent further damage or to alert the appropriate personnel to perform timely maintenance The E3 Plus Overload Relay provides core balanced ground fault detection capability with the option of enabling Ground Fault Trip Ground Fault Warning or both The ground fault detection method and range depends upon the catalog number of the relay ordered 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Figure 32 Ground Fault Capabilities Ground Fault Ground Fault Catalog Number Series Method Trip Warning Range 193 592 EC2__ amp 193 EC2ZZ lt 90A B amp C Interal 1 5A 1 5A 193 EC2 _ except for 193 EC2ZZ gt 90A B External 9 1 5A 193 592 EC3 _ amp 193 EC5 _ C External O6 20mA 5A Q A Catalog Number 825 CBCT Core Balance Ground Fault Sensor must be used O One of the following Catalog Number 193 CBCT_ Core Balance Ground Fault Sensors must be used 1 20 mm window 2 40 mm window 3 65 mm window 4
59. Loss Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a phase loss indication if notrip currently exists Phase Loss Protection is enabled PLInhibit Time has expired and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 51 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Current Imbal is equal to or greater than 100 for a time period greater than the programmed PL Trip Delay If the E3 Overload Relay trips on a phase loss the TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash a red 3 blink pattern bit 2 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 trip relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protective Fault state if so programmed IMPORTANT lhe Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA PrFItValue Parameter 66 e OUTE Pr FitState Parameter 71 and e OUTE Pr FitValue Parameter 72 PL Inhibit Time Parameter 33 allows the installer to inhibit a phase loss trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence It is adjustable from 0 250 seconds PL Trip Delay Parameter 34 allows the installer to define the time period for which a phase loss condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds IMPORTANT The phase loss inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30 of the device s minimum
60. Parameter Number Description 157 Power Scale 265 UVA Inibit Time 225 PW Trip Enable 266 UVA Trip Delay 226 PW Warn Enable 267 UVA Trip Level 241 UW Inhibit Time 268 UVA Warn Level 242 UW Trip Delay 269 OVA Inhibit Time 243 UW Trip Level 270 OVA Trip Delay 244 UW Warn Level 271 OVA Trip Level 245 OW Inhibit Time 272 OVA Warn Level 246 OW Trip Delay 273 UPFLG Inhibit Time 247 OW Trip Level 274 UPFLG Trip Delay 248 OW Warn Level 275 UPFLG Trip Level 249 UVARC Inhibit Time 276 UPFLG Warn Level 250 UVARC Trip Delay 277 OPFLG Inhibit Time 251 UVARC Trip Level 278 OPFLG Trip Delay 252 UVARC Warn Level 279 OPFLG Trip Level 253 OVARC Inhibit Time 280 OPFLG Warn Level 254 OVARC Trip Delay 281 UPFLD Inhibit Time 255 OVARC Trip Level 282 UPFLD Trip Delay 256 OVARC Warn Level 283 UPFLD Trip Level 257 UVARG Inhibit Time 284 UPFLD Warn Level 258 UVARG Trip Delay 285 OPFLD Inhibit Time 259 UVARG Trip Level 286 OPFLD Trip Delay 260 UVARG Warn Level 287 OPFLD Trip Level 261 OVARG Inhibit Time 288 OPFLD Warn Level 262 OVARG Trip Delay 291 Demand Period 263 OVARG Trip Level 292 Number of Periods 264 OVARG Warn Level 193 592 EC5 only Overload Setup Group The parameters contained in the Overload Setup Group are also contained within the Advanced Setup Group Refer to Advanced Setup Group on page 114 for more detail on these parameters Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 111 Chapter5 Programmable Paramet
61. Protection is enabled e Jam Inhibit Time has expired maximum phase current is greater than the Jam Trip Level for a time period greater than the Jam Trip Delay If the E3 Overload Relay trips on a jam the TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash a red 6 blink pattern e bit5in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 Jam Inhibit Time Parameter 41 allows the installer to inhibit a jam trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence It is adjustable from 0 250 seconds Jam Trip Delay Parameter 42 allows the installer to define the time period a jam condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 57 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Underload Protection Jam Trip Level Parameter 43 allows the installer to define the current at which the E3 Overload Relay will trip on a jam It is user adjustable from 50 600 of the FLA Setting Parameter 28 IMPORTANT The Jam Inhibitor timer starts after the maximum phase of load
62. Service Code 0x03 hex Class 0x375 hex nstance 1 dec Attribute 0x00 hex Source Element MSG Read Request 0 Source Length 14 Bytes Destination MSG Read Data Message Configuration MSG Read Message Configuration Communication Tag Message Type CIP Generic Service Custom Source Element MSG_Read_Request x Type Source Length 14 E Bytes Service D P v5 Code 3 Hex Class 375 Her Destination MSG Read Data v Instance fi Attribute 0 Hex Mew Tag Enable Enable Waiting D Start Done Done Length 75 Q Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Test Cancel Help Next set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as DNET 2 6 DNET the name of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 2 The port number of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 6 The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 203 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Configuration MSG Read Message Configuration Communication Tag Path DNET 2 8 Browse DNET 2 6 Connected Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 76 Q Error Cade Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text
63. Time has expired and e Average Voltage L L is equal to or greater than the OV Warn Level When the under voltage warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 3 short blink pattern e bit2 in V Warning Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OV Warn Level Parameter 222 allows the installer to define the average L L voltage in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 65535 V An unbalance in the voltage supply will create an unequal motor winding impedance resulting in a current imbalance This causes the motor to experience an additional temperature rise resulting in degradation of the motor insulation and reducing its life expectancy Voltage Unbalance detection helps extend motor life expectancy and minimize potential damage and loss of production Voltage Unbalance can be defined by the following equation VU 10096 V4 V where VU Percent Voltage Unbalance V4 Maximum Deviation from the Average Voltage V Average Voltage Voltage Unbalance Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Voltage Unbalance indication if Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 69 Chapter 3 70 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions e no trip currently exists Voltage Unbalance protection is enabled e V UnballnhibitTime has expired and Volt
64. Trip Status Parameter 160 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed Voltage Hardware Warning The E3 Overload Relay will issue a warning with a Voltage Input Module Not Detected indication if nowarning currently exists e Voltage Hardware Fault warning is enabled and improper communications with the Voltage Input Module When the voltage hardware fault warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 1 short blink pattern bit 1 in V Warn Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 74 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Real Power kW Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 The E3 Plus Model ECS has the capability to protect against real power kW for specific applications that require the monitoring of both voltage and current The user can protect or issue a warning in the event that the real power KW consumption of an electric motor is either too high or too low Under Real Power Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under real power indication if notrip currently exists Under Real Power protection is enabled UW Inhibit Time has expired and Total Real Power is equal to or less than UW Trip
65. TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 183 Chapter 9 184 Trip History and Snapshot Trip History 3 Parameter Number 135 l Access Rule Get aaee ane UNT Refer to Table 8 1 for the Trip History Object Mapping OFhex 87 01 record identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Trip History 4 Parameter Number 136 Access Rule Get Miren PNE UNT Refer to Table 8 1 for the Trip History Object Mapping OFhex 88 01 record identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Warn History 0 Parameter Number 137 f Access Rule Get warring witten tothe Warning History MANNA UINT Refer to Table 8 1 for the Warning History Object Mapping OFhex 89 01 record identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Warn History 1 Parameter Number 138 l Access Rule Get written tothe Warning Hitom previous MA UINT to Warn History 0 Refer to Table 8 1 for Object Mapping OFhex 8A 01 thewarning History record Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Warn History 2 Parameter Number 139 l Ac
66. U 4 Decimal DINT Integer Files 1 4 Decimal DINT 10 Decimal DINT Integer_Files 3 0 Decimal DINT Integer Files 4 0 Decimal DINT Integer Files 5 0 Decimal DINT Integer _Files 6 0 Decimal DINT Currently the Trip Class of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is configured as Class 10 as shown in Integer_Files 2 200 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Reading a Group of Parameters using the E3 Status Object Class 0x0375 In this example a Periodic Task has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms In this task one message instruction will be used to read 25 parameters that include data from the voltage current real power reactive power apparent power and power factor groups using the E3 Status Object Class included in firmware revision number 5 01 and higher The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic Task executes The E3 Status Object allows a user to define which groups of parameters to read from a single message instruction Set up an array of integers to define the list of attributes parameter groups to read back from E3 Overload relay with firmware revision 5 01 and higher The list of attributes for the E3 Status object is show in Appendix B For this example the message instruction will read back the following attributes parameter groups e Attribute 1 Curre
67. UINT 5 O NOP 1 Clear Fault 3 Get Set Fault Cmd Write USINT 2 Clear Flt Queue The instance of the Fault Queue Entry containing 4 Get Fault Instance Read UINT information about the Fault that tripped the Device Number of Recorded The number of Faults 6 Get Faults MNT recorded in the Fault Queue Five instances of the DPI Fault Object will be supported Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 123 Attribute ID Access Name Data Type Value Rule Full All Info Struct of Fault Code UINT See Table 124 Fault Source Struct of DPI Port Number USINT 0 manc object USINT Ox2c 2 Get Fault Text BYTE 16 Fault Time Stamp Struct of Timer Value ULDINT See Table 124 Timer Descriptor WORD Help Object Instance USINT Fault Data Basic Info Struct of Fault Code UINT See Table 124 Fault Source Struct of DPI Port Number USINT 0 1 Get Device Object USINT 0x2C Fault Time Stamp Struct of Timer Value ULINT Timer Descriptor WORD 3 Get Help Text STRING See Table 124 below The following common services will be implemented for the DPI Fault Object Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 Yes No Set_Attribute_Single The table below lists EC 1 EC2 EC3 and ECS Fault Codes Fault Text and Fault Help Strin
68. Unbalance is equal to or greater than the V UnbalripLevel for a time period greater than the V UnbalTripDelay If the relay trips on a Voltage Unbalance the TRIP WARN LED will flash red a 1 long and 4 short blink pattern bit 3 in V Trip Status Parameter 160 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Device Status Parameter2 1 will set to 1 Trip Relay contacts will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed V UnbalInhibitTime Parameter 229 allows the installer to inhibit a voltage unbalance trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence It is adjustable from 0 250 seconds V UnbalTripDelay Parameter 230 allows the installer to define the time period for which a voltage unbalance condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds V Unbal TripLevel Parameter 231 allows the installer to define the percent voltage unbalance which will cause the relay to trip on a voltage unbalance It is adjustable from 0 100 Voltage Unbalance Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Voltage Unbalance warning if nowarning currently exists e Voltage Unbalance warning is enabled VUnballnhibitTime has expired and e Volt Unbalance is equal to or greater than V UnbalWarnLevel When the Voltage Unbalance warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 4 short blink pattern bit 3 in V Warn Status
69. Units kVA Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L2 Apparent Pwr Parameter Number 182 Access Rule Get Theater prods the apparent EE iT measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B6 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVA Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L3 Apparent Pwr Parameter Number 183 Access Rule Get M epa E MN iT measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B7 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVA Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Tot Apparent Pwr Parameter Number 184 Access Rule Get Mil p E iT phases with measurement in Object Mapping OFhex B8 01 kiloVolt Amperes Group Power Monitor Units kVA Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L1PF Parameter Number 185 Access Rule Get This parameter provides the power factor Data Type SINT measured in L1 with measurement in percentage Object Mapping OFhex B9 01 Group Power Monitor Units 96 Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 163 Chapter 8 164 Power Parameters L2 PF Parameter Number 186 Access Rule Get This parameter provides the power factor measured in L2 with measurement in Deria pE SIN percentage Object Mappi
70. Value Do CT RATIO O Parameter Number 78 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the turns ratio of Data Type USINT the primary current transformers when used See Table 41 on page 5 112 for the Object Mapping 0x2 1 178 corresponding FLA setting ranges Group Overload Setup Units Minimum Value 0 50 5 1 100 5 2 150 5 3 200 5 4 300 5 5 500 5 6 600 5 7 800 5 8 1200 5 9 2500 5 Maximum Value 10 5000 5 Default Value 0 50 5 FRN 2 000 and later Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 113 Chapter 5 114 Programmable Parameters Advanced Setup Group Table 43 The parameters contained in the Advanced Setup Group are also contained within the Overload Setup Group Refer to Overload Setup Group on page 111 for more detail on these parameters Table 44 Trip Enable Parameter Detail TRIP ENABLE Parameter Number 24 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to enable or disable trip functions separately bes p WORD Overload Phase Loss and Comm Fault are Object Mapping 0x29 1 124 enabled from the factory Group Advanced Setup Units 1 Enabled ED Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 1111111111111111 Default Value 0000001000000110 Table 45 Trip Enable Bit Function Detail Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Function X Overload X Phase Loss X Ground Fault E3 Plus X Stall X
71. Yes The EDS Wizard will appear Select Next then Create an ESD File Select Next Select Upload EDS ON wu B Y N Select Next The EDS Wizard screen appears Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 97 Chapter4 DeviceNet Node Commissioning 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 OPTIONAL STEP Type a value in the Catalog and File Description Text fields then select Next Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Device Description Enter the device s identification information On the Input Output Screen in the EDS Wizard select the Polled checkbox then enter a value of 8 for Input and 1 for output as shown below Rockwell Software s EDS Wizard Input Ouput Enter the device s input output type and sizes id Fa Gutput Bit Used T E us Er Select Next The RSNetWorx will upload the EDS file from the E3 Overload Relay Select Next to display the icon options for the node Select the E3 Overload Relay icon then click Change Icon Select OK after selecting the desired icon Select Next Select Next when prompted to register this device Select Finish 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Chapter 4 After a short time the RSNetWorx software updates the online screen by replacing Unrecognized Device with the name and icon given by the EDS file that you have just regi
72. a dialog box while online with the E3 Plus then select Upload Next select Start Logic Editor select the Function Block Editor and press OK X1 E3 EC3 1 5A General Parameters 1 0 Data EDS File DeviceLogis E3 Plus Revision Last Saved 3 31 2008 10 47 26 AM DeviceLogix Editor Style Selec x Description Select the editor style for this node Function Block Editor C Ladder Editor Cancel Start Logic Editor Cancel Apply Help 2 If programming offline then continue to Step 3 If programming online place the E3 Plus into Edit mode by selecting Edit from the Tools pull down menu or by selecting the button Select Yes to enter Edit mode Function Block Editor File Edit View Communications Tools av BOR pos sor Move Logical v Edit Ctrl E Resource Enter Edit Mode You are about to enter Edit mode Selecting Yes will enable logic editing and disable communications with the device Continue 3 Usingtheleft mouse button select the Boolean OR BOR function block from the Move Logical tab and drag it onto the display Function Block Editor File Edit View Communications Tools Help 8 amp g amp amp l pal sm BOR BROR mor sam Nor son sero ns t 4 iS gs 2 X Timer Counter X Move Logical BOR m Boolean Or Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 207 Chapter 11 Usin
73. adjustable from 0 250 seconds Ph Rot Trip Parameter 224 allows the installer to define the proper phase rotation for the voltage system It is adjustable from 1 ABC to 2 ACB Voltage Rotation Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Voltage Rotation warning if no warning currently exists Voltage Rotation warning is enabled Ph Rot InhibitTime has expired and e V Phase Rot is not equal Ph Rot Trip When the Voltage Rotation warning conditions are satisfied the following will occur TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 5 short blink pattern bit 4in V Warn Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and e bit lin Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 n Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Frequency Protection The E3 Plus model ECS has the capability to protect against poor voltage quality by offering frequency based protection The user can prevent a contactor fromenergizing if the voltage frequency is either too high or too low Under Frequency UF Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under frequency indication if e no trip currently exists Under Frequency protection is enabled UF Inhibit Time has expired and Volt Frequency is equal to or less than UF Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UF Trip Delay When the under frequency trip conditions are satisfied the
74. at the programmed level prior to the device providing a warning GF FILTER ENABLE FRN 5 0 and higher This parameter allows the installer to filter ground fault currents from current based protection features including Thermal Overload Jam Stall Under Load and Current Imbalance Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Parameter Number 106 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 181 Group Advanced Setup Units 0 20 100 mA 1 100 500 mA 2 200 mA 1 0 A 3 1 0 5 0A Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Number 105 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 180 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Number 131 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping OFhex 83 01 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Disable Maximum Value 1 Enable Q For use with resistive loads only For motor loads consult factory Default Value 0 Table 51 Start Parameters Detail Series C amp Later STARTS HOUR This parameter allows the installer to limit the number of starts per hour STARTS INTERVAL This parameter allows the installer to limit the time between starts Parameter Number 99 Access Rule Get Set Da
75. condition is present 2 At the same time the NETWORK STATUS LED should flash green for approximately 2 seconds then red for 1 4 second If autobaud is enabled and the E3 Overload Relay is connected to an active network the green LED will continue to flash once the baud rate has been determined Ifthe E3 Overload Relay is not connected to an active network this LED will not continue to flash 3 Once the E3 Overload Relay has been allocated by a Master the NETWORK STATUS LED will turn solid green Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 215 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting DeviceNet Modes of Operation 216 The E3 Overload Relay has four DeviceNet modes of operation Power up Reset Mode Run Mode Recoverable Error Mode and Unrecoverable Error Mode Power Up Reset Mode During Power Up Reset Mode the following occurs 1 The NETWORK STATUS LED should flash green for approximately 2 seconds then red for 1 4 second If autobaud is enabled and the E3 Overload Relay is connected to an active network the green LED will continue to flash once the baud rate has been determined Ifthe E3 Overload Relay is not connected to an active network this LED will not continue to flash IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay protection functions are still operational even without an established network connection 2 Once the baud rate is determined the E3 Overload Relay performs a duplicate node address check to verify an
76. consumed in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Reactive Power Generated Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under reactive power generated indication if notrip currently exists Under Reactive Power Generated protection is enabled e UVARG Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or less than UVARG Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UVARG Trip Delay When the under reactive power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 5 short blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 79 Chapter 3 80 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions bit in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UVARG Inhibit Time Parameter 257 allows the installer to inhibit an under reactive power generated trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UVARG Trip Delay Parameter 258 allows the installer to define the time period an under reactive power generated condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UVARG Trip Level Parameter 259 allows the installer to define the tot
77. current transitions from 0 A to 30 of the devices minimum FLA setting The E3 Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a jam condition until the Jam Inhibit Time expires Jam Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Jam warning if e no warning currently exists Jam Warning is enabled e Jam Inhibit Time has expired and the maximum phase current is equal to or greater than the JamWarn Level When the Jam Warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 6 blink pattern bit 5 in Parameter 15 Warning Status will set to 1 and e bit lin Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 Jam Warn Level Parameter 44 allows the installer to define the current at which the E3 Overload Relay will indicate a warning It is user adjustable from 50 60096 for the FLA Setting Parameter 28 IMPORTANT The Jam Warning function does not include a time delay feature Once the Jam Inhibit Time has expired the Jam Warning indication is instantaneous Motor current less than a specific level may indicate a mechanical malfunction in the installation such as a torn conveyor belt damaged fan blade broken shaft or worn tool Such conditions may not harm the motor but they can lead to loss of production Rapid underload fault detection helps to minimize damage and loss of production Underload Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an underload indication if e no trip currently exists e
78. earlier IMPORTANT The Underload Inhibit Timer starts after the maximum phase of load current transitions from 0 A to 30 of the device s minimum FLA setting The E3 Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for an underload condition until the UL Inhibit Time expires IMPORTANT Forany given application the practical limit of the UL Trip Level Parameter 47 will be dependent on the FLA Setting and the lower limit of the E3 Overload Relay s current measurement capability See Table 34 on page 142 Underload Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an Underload warning if no warning currently exists Underload Warning is enabled UL Inhibit Time has expired and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 59 Chapter 3 60 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions minimum phase current is less than the UL Warn Level When the Underload Warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 7 blink pattern bit 6 in Parameter 15 Warning Status will set to 1 and bit 1 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 UL Warn Level Parameter 48 allows the installer to define the current at which the E3 Overload Relay will indicate a warning It is user adjustable from 10 100 0 of the FLA Setting Parameter 28 50 100 for devices with firmware revision FRN 1 003 and earlier IMPORTANT The Underload Warning function does not include a
79. in 100 D630 D860 68 Nem 600 Ib in M5 3 4 Nem 30 Ib in M6 7 3 Nm 65 Ib in M12 Provided 45 N m 400 Ib in D 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Approximate Dimensions In stallation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes Figure 5 Overload Relay 193 EC___ B D amp E with Contactor 100 C A _ gt D2 D E H gt H g a x uec booa D1 A A polo H T EE ES Fn E E rm E 1 LX B ULO 5 EXE mmm o d b d Q g e dj ZEE Dmm amp eosdsosa E z WDODOLANY iw aie 3 o de dm I M IH I v v l l 11 44 4 C gt 29 64 F1 Height B Cat No 193 EIMD Overload Contactor Width Dep
80. in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UPFLG Inhibit Time Parameter 273 allows the installer to inhibit an under power factor lagging trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UPFLG Trip Delay Parameter 274 allows the installer to define the time period an under power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UPFLG Trip Level Parameter 275 allows the installer to define the total power factor lagging in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Under Power Factor Lagging Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under power factor lagging warning condition if no warning currently exists Under Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled UPFLG Inhibit Time has expired and e Total PF is equal to or less than the UPFLG Warn Level When the under power factor lagging warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 9 short blink pattern e bit 8 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will go to 1 and bit 1 of
81. integers being returned for this example Number of Attributes INT Decimal Voltage Attribute Num INT Decimal Voltage_Attirbute_Status INT Decimal Voltage L1 INT Decimal Voltage L2 INT Decimal Voltage L3 INT Decimal Voltage Average INT Decimal Current_Attribute_Num INT Decimal Current Attribute Status INT Decimal Curent L1 INT Decimal Curent L2 INT Decimal Curent L3 INT Decimal CurentAverage INT Decimal Current Ground Fault INT Decima kw Attribute Num INT Decimal kw Attribute Status INT Decimal kw L1 INT Decimal kw L2 INT Decimal kw L3 INT Decimal kw Total INT Decimal KVAR Attribute Num INT Decimal kVAR Attribute Status INT Decimal KARLI INT Decimal KVAR_L2 0 INT Decimal MARIS INT Decimal kVAR Total NT Decimal kV Attribute Num INT Decimal kV Attribute Status INT 2 Decimal kV L1 INT Decimal k A_L2 INT Decimal kv L3 INT Decimal kV Total INT Decimal PF Attribute Num INT Decimal PF Attribute Status INT Decimal PF_L1 m INT Decimal IERI INT Decimal Eales INT Decimal PF Total INT Decimal 202 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read the list of attributes Parameter Groups by configuring the following fields Message Type CIP Generic Service Type Custom
82. no trip currently exists Comm Fault protection is enabled and the E3 Overload Relay experiences a loss of communication If the relay trips on a Comm Fault the Network Status LED will blink red or become solid red TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 10 blink pattern e bit 9 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contacts will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e QUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTE Pr FitValue Parameter 72 64 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Communication Idle Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 IMPORTANT The Comm Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Dn FitState Parameter 67 e OUTA Dn FitValue Parameter 68 e OUTB Dn FitState Parameter 73 e OUTB Dn FitValue Parameter 74 Comm Fault Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Comm Fault warning if no warning currently exists Comm Fault Warning is enabled and the relay experiences a loss of communication y exp When the Comm Fault warning conditions are satisfied the Network Status LED will blink red or become solid red TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 10 blink pattern bit 9 in Param
83. of state cyclic messaging Explicit messaging Group 4 off line node recovery messaging Full parameter object support Auto baud rate identification Configuration consistency value e UCMM Unconnected Message Manager Series B and later devices DeviceLogix component technology E3 Plus Series B and later devices Flash Memory Series B and later E3 Overload Relays incorporate flash memory This facilitates updating of the product firmware as new revisions are released IMPORTANT It is not possible to flash upgrade from Series B firmware to Series C firmware Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Introduction Receiving Unpacking Inspecting Storing Chapter 2 Installation amp Wiring This chapter provides instructions for receiving unpacking inspecting and storing the E3 Overload Relay Installation and wiring instructions for common applications are also included It is the responsibility of the user to thoroughly inspect the equipment before accepting the shipment from the freight company Check the item s received against the purchase order If any items are damaged it is the responsibility of the user not to accept delivery until the freight agent has noted the damage on the freight bill Should any concealed damage be found during unpacking it is again the responsibility of the user to notify the freight agent The shipping container must be left intact and the freight agent s
84. open or close as determined by the setting in Parameter 72 Parameter Number 0 7 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping 0x09 2 113 Group DeviceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Go to FitValue 72 Maximum Value 1 Ignore Fault Default Value 0 OUTB PR FLTVALUE This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when a trip occurs and Parameter 71 is set to 0 Parameter Number 72 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping 0x09 2 114 Group DeviceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value 0 OUTB DN FLTSTATE This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 74 defines how Output B will respond when a DeviceNet network fault occurs When set to 1 Output B will hold the state prior to trip occurrence When set to 0 Output B will open or close as determined by the setting in Parameter 74 Output B can be configured to go to a desired state in the event of a DeviceNet network fault independent from enabling CommFault in Parameter 24 Trip Enable Parameter Number 73 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping 0x09 2 5 Group DeviceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Go to FitValue 74 Maximum Value 1 Hold Last State Default Value 0 OUTB DN FLTVALUE
85. the amount of time Access Rule Get Set for which an improper phase rotation Data Type USINT detection is inhibited during a motor Object Mapping OFhex DF 01 starting sequence Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 Ph Rot Trip Parameter Number 224 This parameter sets the rotation trip and Agges Rule Get set warning direction Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex E0 01 Group Voltage Setup Units 1 ABC 2 ACB Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 2 Default Value 1 V Unbalinhib Time Parameter Number 229 This parameter defines the amount of time Access Rule GeUset for which voltage unbalance detection is Data Type USINT inhibited during a motor starting Object Mapping OFhex E5 01 sequence Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 V UnbalTripDelay Parameter Number 230 This parameter allows the installer to Access Rule Get Set program a time duration for which a Data Type USINT voltage unbalance condition must exist a NETS prior to the device tripping Object Mapping Dances sen Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Voltage Parameters Chapter 7 V UnbalTripLevel Parameter Number 23
86. time delay feature Once the UL Inhibit Time has expired the Underload Warning indication is instantaneous Thermistor P TC Protection The E3 Plus Overload Relay models EC2 and EC3 provide terminals IT1 and IT2 for the connection of positive temperature coefficient PTC thermistor sensors PTC sensors are commonly embedded in motor stator windings to monitor the motor winding temperature When the motor winding temperature reaches the PTC sensor s temperature rating the PTC sensor s resistance transitions from a low to high value Since PTC sensors react to actual temperature enhanced motor protection can be provided to address such conditions as obstructed cooling and high ambient temperatures The following table defines che E3 Plus Overload Relay s PTC thermistor input and response ratings Table 21 E3 Plus PTC Input Ratings Resistance Response 3400 150 O Reset 1600 O 100 Q Short Circuit Trip 250 t100 Maximum Voltage at PTC Terminals Rprc 4k Q 7 5V PTC Terminals Rprc open 30V Maximum Number of Sensors 6 Maximum Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 O Response Time 800 ms The following figure illustrates the required PTC sensor characteristics per IEC 34 11 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Figure 33 PTC Sensor Characteristics per IEC 34 11 2
87. to read Parameter 21 using the Parameter Object Class by configuring the following fields Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 195 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Type CIP Generic Service Type Parameter Read Service Code OxOE hex Class OxOF hex Instance 21 dec e Attribute 0x01 hex Destination Integer Files 0 Message Configuration Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus Param Configuration Communication Tag Message Type pees Parameter Read X Source Element z ae Soucelengh fo Bytes ceee Je Hey Class f Hex Destination Integer Fies v Instance 21 Attribute 1 Hex FEES Q Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 2 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text caresi oe Next set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as DNET 2 6 DNET the name of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 2 The port number of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 6 The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Message Configuration Explicit MSG_DeviceStatus Param Configuration Communication Tag Path DNET 2 6 DNET 2 6 c Connected Enable Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 2 Error Co Extended Err
88. 0 145 135 22 3 180 9 5 6 4 72 13 24 16 46 12 27 6 89 6 14 8 51 0 49 3 94 5 71 5 31 0 88 7 12 0 22 D140 D180 339 8 317 8 16 13 38 12 51 0 63 193 EC_ _G D210 D250 155 385 8 487 4 360 8 198 9 180 255 21 130 180 140 23 5 204 7 D300 D420 6 10 15 19 19 19 14 2 7 83 7 09 10 04 0 83 5 12 7 09 5 51 0 93 8 06 193 EC_ H D630 D860 255 552 915 508 2917 270 7 373 9 52 5 226 230 108 109 297 5 13 10 04 21 73 36 02 20 0 11 49 10 66 14 72 2 07 8 90 8 90 4 25 4 29 11 71 0 51 22 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Figure 7 Overload Relay 592 EC T C amp D with NEMA Contactor Chapter 2 Size 00 Size 0 2 K A A
89. 00000000000001 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 B 2 1 Voltage Hardware Fault X Under Volt L L X Over Volt L L X Voltage Unbalance X Phase Rotation X Under Frequency X Over Frequency UV Inhibit Time Parameter Number 215 This parameter defines the amount of time HEU RUE for which an under voltage detection is Data Type USINT V a motor starting Object Mapping OFhex D7 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UV Trip Delay Parameter Number 216 This parameter allows the installer to Access Rule Get Set program a time duration for which an Data Type USINT ae eee must exist prior to Object Mapping OFhex D8 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Voltage Parameters Chapter 7 UV Trip Level Parameter Number 217 This parameter sets the under voltage trip Access Rule Geter level Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex D9 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 100 UV Warn Level Parameter Number 218 This parameter sets the under voltage Access Rule Get Set warning level Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex DA 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Volts Minimum V
90. 002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Chapter 4 Commissioning the This section describes the use of RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to configure the function settings of the E3 Overload Relays The product should now be Protection Functions configured and communicating on the network The last step is to program the motor FLA Setting Parameter 28 and additional setting per the application requirements This can be accomplished by using software such as RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or another handheld DeviceNet tool 1 Using the RSNetWorx software access the Device Parameters tab The following window appears General Device Parameters 1 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogis Groups On Line fal parameters C Single Upload From Device Restore Default Values Download To Device f al Parameter Help Start Monitor X amp Parameter Current Value Output Assembly Input Assembly Assy Word0 Param Assy Word Param Assy Word2 Param Assy Word3 Param Dut Pr FitState Go to Fit alue Dut Pr Fit alue Open Qut Dn FitState Go to FitValue Out4 Dn FliValue Open Out4 Dn IdiState Go to IdlValue Out4 Dn ldvalue pen Cancel Apply Help 2 Type the desired setting values corresponding to the motor connected to the E3 Overload Relay 3 Make sure the Single radio button is selected within On Line then select Download to Device Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P De
91. 011 Connection Object Class Code 0x05 Table 99 Assembly Object Instance 142 EC5 DeviceLogix Input Assembly DeviceNet Information Appendix B Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Out B Stat Out A Stat Warning Tripped 0 Input6 Input 5 1 Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Output 7 Output 6 Output5 Output4 Output3 Output2 Output 1 Output 0 2 DLogix Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Enabled Output 14 Output 13 Output 12 Output 11 Output 10 Output 9 Output 8 Table 100 Assembly Object Instance 184 Data Format PNB STATUS Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Output 7 Output6 Output5 Output4 Output3 Output2 Output 1 Output 0 1 DLogix Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Enabled Output 14 Output 13 Output 12 Output 11 Output 10 Output 9 Output 8 Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported Instance 1 is the explicit message connection instance 2 is the polled I O connection instance 4 is the Change of State Cyclic I O connection and instances 5 7 are available for explicit UCMM connections The following Instance 1 explicit me
92. 011 7 Specifications DeviceNet Information CE Compliance Two Speed Applications Accessories DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures 0000 cscs eee eee 222 Lossof Node Address cacaucseaue cet Per vos nahi mex iis 222 Input and Output Troubleshooting Procedures 0 4 222 Electrical Specifications seth deo el ew ct abso dae aa 225 Environmental Specifications 21 5 e 44s veda reet eis 227 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications esses 227 Functionality Specifications E e rere ERES 228 Protection vsus sooo ayo Ope E ale RUN AE are Va tee 229 Electronic Data Sheets EDS 45 e eost id Vez eae ae nica det een 231 Product Codes s d e eed IOS IM NN REM eer m 231 DevicelNctODbIectsc us eee eem reet etae aree aes wend 232 Identity Object Class Code Ux01 lt 1 eoed ee eee teo bane ete 233 Message Router Class Code 0x02 2 Lee irte eere Ree e 234 DeviceNet Object Class Code 0x03 ove rese va str ben UE Sure v 234 Assembly Object Class Code 0x04 0 cece cece cece 235 Output Assemblies i io seats puc E Reg upr ed d TREE 236 Input Assemblies coc sin sgodaed Mas opui et Pda PRI Pene 237 Connection Object Class Code 0x05 ote ert reto 239 Discrete Input Point Object Class Code 0x08 0 005 243 Discrete Output Point Object Class Code 0x09 sssee 243 Parameter Object Glass Code XOF ou uber itt esent es ed ente 244 Parameter Group Object
93. 1 This parameter sets the voltage unbalance Access Rule Get Set trip level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex E7 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 75 V UnbalWarnLevel Parameter Number 232 This parameter sets the voltage unbalance Access Rule Get Set warning level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex E8 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 85 UF Inhibit Time Parameter Number 233 This parameter defines the amount of time Access Rule Get Set for which an under frequency detection is Data Type USINT ees a motor starting Object Mapping OFhex E9 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UF Trip Delay Parameter Number 234 This parameter allows the installer to ASCEEGUIS Gessi program a time duration for whichan Data Type USINT ander Haon ar ba must exist prior Object Mapping OFhex EA 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UF Trip Level Parameter Number 235 This parameter sets the under frequency Access Rule Get Set trip level Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex EB 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Hz Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 57 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 155 Chapter 7 156 Voltage Parameters
94. 2 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an Data Type UEIN under power factor leading condition Object Mapping OFhex 11A 01 must exist prior to the device tripping Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UPFLD Trip Level Parameter Number 283 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under power factor leading trip level Data Type Ny Object Mapping OFhex 11B 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 90 UPFLD Warn Level Parameter Number 284 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under power THEE SINT factor leading warning level yp Object Mapping OFhex 11C 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 95 OPELD Inhibit Time Parameter Number 285 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of time for which an over power factor Data Type USINU leading detection is inhibited during a Object Mapping OFhex 11D 01 motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 OPFLD Trip Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an over power factor leading condition must exist prior to the device tripping Parameter Number 286 Access Rule Get Set
95. 2 PW Warning History Mask Series C FRN 5 00 and higher Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Table 35 Trip Snapshot 0 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 144 SS L1 Current 50 SS L2 L3Voltage 145 SS L2 Current 51 SS L3 L1 Voltage 146 SS L3 Current 52 SS Total Real Power 147 SS TCU 53 SS Total kVAR 148 SS GF Current 54 SS Total kVA 149 SS L1 L2 Voltage 155 SS Total PF Series C FRN 5 00 and higher Table 36 Voltage Monitor O Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 160 V Trip Status 67 L2 N Voltage 161 V Warn Status 168 L3 N Voltage 162 L1 L2 Voltage 69 Ave Voltage L N 163 L2 L3 Voltage 70 Voltage Unbalance 164 L3 L1 Voltage 71 Voltage Frequency 165 Ave Voltage L L 172 V Phase Rot 166 L1 N Voltage 193 592 EC5 only Table 37 Voltage Setup Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 156 Volt Mode 230 V Unbal Trip Delay 158 V Trip Enable 231 V Unbal Trip Level 159 V Warn Enable 232 V Unbal Warn Level 215 UV Inhibit Time 233 UF Inhibit Time 216 UV Trip Delay 234 UF Trip Delay 217 UV Trip Level 235 UF Trip Level 218 UV Warn Level 236 UF Warn Level 219 OV Inhibit Time 237 OF Inhibit Time 220 OV Trip Delay 238 OF Trip Delay 221 OV Trip Level 239 OF Trip Level 222 OV Warn
96. 2011 7 Using the left mouse button select the Bit Output block a Using DeviceLogix Chapter 11 and dragit to the right of the BOR function block Double click on the Bit Input block to select Output A of the E3 Plus under the Hardware Boolean Output set Function Block Editor amp BHP QAQ Fl D a zao BoR psoz eor suem nce sme sem zsm tine X Timer Counter A Move Logical Coups y Name DataType Inputt m l Boolean Or L gin Out a G Ir Hardware Boolean Outp maz p J Output B BOOLEAN Network Boolean Output al ae 8 Place the cursor on the left of the Bit Output block and press the left mouse button Draw a line from the Bit Output block to the Out of the BOR function block and double click the left mouse button to establish a connection Function Block Editor L le Edit View Communications Tools Help OF XAG opo wr eme men X TimeriCounter Move Logical B Out 1 Output Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Input D i L amp Int Ir2 Inpu2 eel 209 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix 210 9 Repeat steps 3 through 8 to add a second BOR function block that monitors Input 3 and 4 to control Output B of the E3 Plus FP Function Block Editor Fle Edt View Communications Toot Hele amp YAR A
97. 24 Ph Rot Trip is set properly for the application Under Frequency Over Frequency e 1 Voltage frequency has exceeded the programmed under frequency level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to a variable frequency drive that is running outside its measurement range Voltage frequency has exceeded the programmed over frequency level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Series C and later E3 Plus Model EC5 Only Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Check power system Inspect contactor circuit breaker or variable frequency drive for proper operation Verify that Parameter 235 UF Trip Level is set properly for the application Check power system Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 239 OF Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive 219 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Trip Description Table 12 Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures Continued Possible Cause Corrective Action Under Real Power kW Over Real Power kW 1 Real power has exceeded the programmed under real power level 2 Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Real power has exceed
98. 2I EN P December 2011 2 3 Verify the OUT A or OUT B LED remains in the appropriate On or Off state If the LED is flickering check the programmable controller s ladder logic program Check the control circuit supply voltage Verify it is within the ratings of the contactor coil and the overload relay s outputs Remove the control circuit power Verify all control wiring is properly secured FRN 2 000 and later E3 Plus Model EC5 Only The E3 Trip Relay contacts will not close until 2 35 seconds after power is applied to the E3 Overload Relay DeviceNet connector If a Non Volatile Fault previously existed or a fault condition is present during power up the trip relay contacts will not close until the fault condition is removed and the trip is reset 223 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting 224 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Specifications Electrical Specifications Figure 3 Motor Load Ratings Appendix A Terminals 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 Rated Insulation Voltage Uj 690V AC Rated Operating Voltage U IEC 690V AC UL 600V AC Rated Impulse Voltage Uimp 6kV Rated Operating Current le See Catalog Number Explanation Rated Frequency 20 250 Hz 0 Short Circuit Ratings See Chapter 2 Number of Poles 3 Application Single phase or Three phase Exception Any E3 Overload Relay that uses an external ground fault sens
99. 2l EN P December 2011 4 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Figure 23 CENELEC Nomenclature Single Phase Three Phase L1 aot 08 5 LP EM let E3 13 K1 Kt Out A A2 A2 da Lh Je 2 4 J6 14 E3 95 Trip Relay 8 T T3 T5 T1 T3 T5 96 Yo M M K A2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied N Full Voltage Reversing Starter with Network Control Figure 24 NEMA Nomenclature E3 Plus E3 Plus Out A REV an Trip Relay 13 14 ui s s E3 Plus Out B FOR 23 24 M pey A2 Contact shown with supply voltage applied Figure 25 CENELEC Nomenclature L1 E3Plus 95 Trip Relay 96 E3 Plus Out A 14 K2 Al A2 E3 Plus Out B K1 23 24 A1 A2 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Contact shown with supply voltage applied Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Figure 26 IEC Reversing Starter Application Schematic Joti 1 pe Nm i fit bod b a Tn Fog red T LL C CANH d White i i pog Shield DeviceNet LLL pg CANL pog blue M l a black I I I cbe Ee I I I T 1 TN 23 OUTB 24 224 21 M A2 KIM KM OUTA 18 h4 224 21 Mp
100. 3 4 C 3 A zx E cH 55 22 cB 1232 96 7 1435 E 4 85 3 81 5 65 v 1 oy pe O 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Typical Control Circuit Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Wiring Diagrams ATTENTION Do not exceed the ratings of the E3 Overload Relay s A output and trip relay If the coil current or voltage of the contactor exceeds the overload relay s ratings an interposing relay must be used ATTENTION When the power is applied to the E3 Overload Relay DeviceNet terminals V and V the N O trip relay contact across terminals 95 and 96 will close after approximately 2 35 seconds if no trip condition exists ATTENTION Additional control circuit protection may be required Refer to the applicable electrical codes ATTENTION Do not apply external voltage to 1T1 172 or the input terminals IN 1 4 This may cause equipment damage Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter with Network Control Figure 22 NEMA Nomenclature Single Phase Three Phase SPCD SPCD E3 E3 Out A Trip Relay L1 L2 L1 L2 L3 5 E3 E3 Plus E3 E3 Plus 2 T 4 T2 6e T3 2 Ti 4 T2 6 T3 Contact shown with supply voltage applied Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO0
101. 5 Chapter 3 76 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions bit 0 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 UW Warn Level Parameter 244 allows the installer to define the total real power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Real Power Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over real power indication if e no trip currently exists Over Real Power protection is enabled OW Inhibit Time has expired and Total Real Power is equal to or greater than OW Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OW Trip Delay When the over real power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 2 short blink pattern bit 1 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OW Inhibit Time Parameter 245 allows the installer to inhibit an over real power trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OW Trip Delay Parameter 246 allows the installer to define the time period an over real power condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OW Trip Level Parameter 247 allow
102. 99 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the user to configure which voltage based PEE EUST protection features are written to the five Object Mapping OFhex 12B 01 record Trip History as outlined in the table below Group TripWarn History Units 1 Recorded 0 Not Recorded Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0000000001111111 Default Value 0000000001111111 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 B 2 1 Voltage Hdwr Fit X Under Volt L L X Over Volt L L X Voltage Unbal X Phase Rotation X Under Frequency Over Frequency V WarnHist Mask This parameter allows the user to configure which voltage based protection features are written to the five record Warning History as outlined in the table below Parameter Number 300 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 12C 01 Group TripWarn History Units 1 Recorded mcm 0 Not Recorded Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0000000001111111 Default Value 0000000001111111 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Voltage Hdwr Fit Under Volt L L Over Volt L L Voltage Unbal Phase Rotation Under Frequency Over Frequency PW TripHist Mask This parameter allows the user to configure which power based protection features are written to the five record Trip History as outlined in the table below 1 Recorded 0 N
103. 99 Default Value kVARh Con 10E0 Parameter Number 195 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy consumed kVARh Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex C3 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh consumed parameters Represents 000 000 XXX 000 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 165 Chapter 8 166 Power Parameters kVARh Con 10E 3 This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy consumed kVARh Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh consumed parameters Represents 000 000 000 XXX Parameter Number 196 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex C4 01 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Gen 10E6 Parameter Number 197 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy generated kVARh pala Type INi Multiply this value by 10 and add to the Object Mapping OFhex C5 01 other kVARh generated parameters Group Power Monitor Units Represents XXX 000 000 000 Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value kVARh Gen 10E3 Parameter Number 198 Access Rule Ge
104. A Dmnd Parameter Number 214 Access Rule Get Thisparameter provides maximum kVA Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex D6 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVAR Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 169 Chapter8 Power Parameters PW Trip Status Parameter Number 227 Access Rule Get This parameter provides power based trip identification as outlined in the table Deria pE UST below Object Mapping OFhex E3 01 1 Trip Group Power Monitor 0 No Trip Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 JO X Under Real Pwr X Over Real Pwr X Under Con kVAR X Over Con kVAR X Under Gen kVAR X Over Gen kVAR X Under Power kVA X Over Power kVA X Under PF Lagging X Over PF Lagging X Under PF Leading X Over PF Leading X Power Overflow PW Warn Status Parameter Number 228 Access Rule Get warring identifeation az outlined inthe MAME UINT table below Object Mapping OFhex E4 01 1 Warning Group Power Monitor 0 No Warning Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function N o 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 X Under Real Pwr X Over Real Pwr Under Con kVAR X Over Con kVAR X Under Gen kVAR X Over G
105. A d oS TR la M 1312 5 0 5 11 64 13 64 Q 5 5 7 32 Figure 11 Separate Panel Adapter for use with Cat No 193 EC_ _ F G amp H D 9i NN Fk a 1 fea ma ze i ai E Lis sh ani LER A L N kk A P P Overload Cat No A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P 193 EC F 472 7 19 6 09 3 94 1 54 0 45 1 03 5 32 1 94 0 22 024 0 47 5 95 6 89 7 12 120 0 182 6 154 6 100 39 11 4 26 3 135 49 4 5 6 6 0 12 151 2 175 180 9 193 EC__ G 6 09 7 40 6 41 5 12 1 89 0 45 1 06 5 51 2 03 0 26 0 08 0 49 6 89 7 83 8 06 154 7 188 1 162 8 130 48 11 4 26 8 140 0 51 5 6 5 2 0 12 5 175 198 9 204 7 193 EC__H 10 0 10 28 8 54 8 90 2 76 0 45 3 97 4 24 1 37 053 1087 1054 1149 11 72 255 0 261 0 217 0 226 70 11 4 100 8 107 7 134 9 13 5 22 0 267 8 291 7 297 5 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 25 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Voltage Input Module The voltage input module C
106. Bit8 Minor recoverable faul Bit9 Minor unrecoverable fault Bit 10 Major recoverable faul Bit11 Major unrecoverable fault 6 Get Serial Number UDINT Unique number for each device 7 Get Product Name Structure Product code specific String Length of ASCII String USINT STRING 8 Get State USINT Returns the value 3 Operational 9 Get Configuration UINT Unique value depending upon output of the Consistency parameter checksum algorithm Value 10 Get Set Heartbeat USINT In seconds Default 0 Interval The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object Table 77 Identity Object Common Services Implemented for Service Code Class Instance Service Name OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x05 No Yes Reset DeviceNet only No class or instance attributes are supported The message router object exists only to route explicit messages to other objects The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object 234 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Assembly Object Class Code 0x04 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 78 DeviceNet Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get UINT 2 A single instance instance 1 of the DeviceNet Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 79 DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes
107. Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation 4 Verify that Parameter 275 UPFLG Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Under Power Factor Leading PF e Power factor has exceeded the programmed under power factor leading level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation 4 Verify that Parameter 283 UPFLD Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Over Power Factor Leading PF Power Value Overflow kW kVAR or KVA Power factor has exceeded the programmed over power factor leading level Improper parameter settings R
108. Class Code 0x10 000 008 245 Discrete Output Group Object CLASS CODE Ox001E 246 Control Supervisor Object Class Code 0x29 000 00 247 Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes 250 Acknowledge Handler Object 0x2 Bix cien soba tee ret etes 251 Overload Object Class Code 0x2C eese 251 DPI Fault Object CLASS CODE 0x0097 ncivronseawemsiawes 254 DPI Warning Object CLASS CODE 0x0098 sse 257 DeviceNet Interface Object Class Code 0xB4 0 005 260 MCC Object CLASS CODE 0x00 outs sta Sta el tb oig 261 Logic Supervisor Object CLASS CODE 0x030E 261 E3 Status Object CLASS CODE 0x0375 rii ekkk tete mtv doge 262 EC Directive Compliance a ccssar deda RE ripe eae neu 269 EMG Ditecty o o e VU Cr OG GU THU IH EUROS ERENS IG 269 Low Volt4ge Directive oues eere te kr tene nr erit memes pin 270 llic TM 271 External Control Applications ii ds oe e e noe tad dee 271 Output Control Applications v ier Irure e eR Ra yep 271 NCCESSOMES ME 273 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Manual Objectives Who Should Use This Manual Vocabulary Conventions Reference Manuals Preface The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the necessary information to apply the E3 Overload Relay with DeviceNet communications Described in this manual are methods for installing configuring and troubleshooting
109. Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex 11E 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OPFLD Trip Level Parameter Number 287 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over power Data Type SINT factor leading trip level Object Mapping OFhex 11F 01 Group Power Setup Units 96 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 95 OPFLD Warn Level Parameter Number 288 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over power Data Type SINT factor leading warning level Object Mapping OFhex 120 01 Group Power Setup Units 96 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 90 Demand Period Parameter Number 291 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the time period in Data Type USINT minutes for which the demand calculation averages energy usage Object Mapping OFhex 123 01 Group Power Setup Units Minutes Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 255 Default Value 15 Num of Periods Parameter Number 292 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the number of Data Type USINT periods to average for the demand calculation Object Mapping OFhex 124 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 1 Maximum Value 15 Default Value 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 181 Chapte
110. Data rate 125 kb Messages 05 was successfully commissioned Close Help 6 Select Apply NOTE When the new node address has been successfully applied the Current Device Settings section of the window is updated see the example below If an error occurs check to see if the device is properly powered up and connected to the network 7 Select Exit to close the Node Commissioning window 8 Select Single Pass Browse from the Network drop down menu to update the RSNetWorx software and verify that the node address is set correctly Produced and Consumed Assembly Configuration The Input and Output Assembly format for the E3 Overload Relay is identified by the value in Output Assembly Parameter 59 and Input Assembly Parameter 60 These values determine the amount and arrangement of the information communicated to the master scanner 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Chapter 4 Figure 34 1 0 Assembly Settings General Device Parameters 1 0 Defaults EDS File DeviceLogis Groups Al parameters C Single Upload From Device Restore Default Values Download To Device C Al Parameter Help Start Monitor On Line Parameter Current Value Output Assembly Input Assembly Assy Word0 Param Assy Word Param Assy Word2 Param Assy Word3 Param Dut Pr FitState Go to Fit alue O
111. Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 UPFLG Warn Level Parameter 276 allows the installer to define the total power factor lagging in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Power Factor Lagging Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over power factor lagging indication if notrip currently exists Over Power Factor Lagging protection is enabled OPFLG Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or greater than OPFLG Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OPFLG Trip Delay When the over power factor lagging trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 10 short blink pattern e bit 9 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OPFLG Inhibit Time Parameter 277 allows the installer to inhibit an over power factor lagging trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OPFLG Trip Delay Parameter 278 allows the installer to define the time period an over power factor lagging condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 85 Chapter 3 86 Protective Tri
112. DeviceLogix and Network Override are both enabled the E3 Plus outputs are controlled by the DeviceLogix program regardless of the network status If DeviceLogix is not enabled the outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault Idle State Value parameters if a Comm Fault condition occurs regardless of the Network Override configuration If DeviceLogix is transitioned from enable to disable the outputs will immediately go to the programmed DeviceNet Idle State Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 205 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix DeviceLogix Prog ramming DeviceLogix has many applications and the implementation is typically only 206 limited to the imagination of the programmer Keep in mind that the application of DeviceLogix is only designed to handle simple logic routines DeviceLogix is programmed using simple Boolean math operators such as AND OR NOT timers counters and latches Decision making is made by combining these Boolean operations with any of the available I O The inputs and outputs used to interface with the logic can come from the network or from the device hardware Hardware I O is the physical Inputs and Outputs located on the device such as push buttons and pilot lights that are connected to the E3 Plus Overload Relay There are many reasons to use the DeviceLogix functionality but some of the most common are listed below Increased system reliability Improved diagn
113. DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3020 Default Value 3 Q Maximum value of 21 for devices with FRN 1 003 and earlier Table 62 Other DeviceNet Setup Group Parameters Detail AUTO BAUD ENABLE When this parameter is enabled the device will attempt to determine the network baud rate and set its baud rate to the same provided network traffic exists At least one node with an established baud rate must exist on the network for autobaud to occur Parameter Number 55 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping OxB4 1 15 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Disabled Maximum Value 1 Enabled Default Value NONVOL BAUD RATE This parameter allows the installer to manually set the desired baud rate AutoBaud Enable Parameter 55 must be disabled when using this parameter Parameter Number 56 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping 0xB4 1 6 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value 0 125k 1 250k 2 500k Default Value COS MASK This parameter allows the installer to define the change of state conditions that will result in a change of state message being produced 1 Enabled 0 Disabled Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping OxB4 1 13 Group DeviceNet Setup Units
114. EDS files may not be included In this event the device will be identified as an Unrecognized Device 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Chapter 4 TIP If the screen appears as shown below continue with Building and Registering an EDS file leixi Hep e i ak ad 1784 PCD Unrecognized PCMCIA Device ie I 3 1 tN it vif irap Coen Naser Slave Corus Disgasis ax Ieee Dae nusen a gt lead Brine Not Browsing disc 5 3 Go Hw TOP WHR EO um p Pprcobsne 8 oocmec BF Device 4 SUOOSMBY 6200 5 IF RSNetWorx software recognizes the device as an E3 Overload Relay skip ahead to the following section Using the Node Commissioning Tool of RSNetWorx for DeviceNet TIP Node Commissioning can also be accomplished by using the DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Cat No 193 DNCT Building and Registering an EDS File The EDS file defines how RSNetWorx for DeviceNet will communicate to the E3 Overload Relay The EDS file can be created over the DeviceNet network or downloaded from the Internet NOTE If you are using DeviceLogix functionality you must download the EDS file from www ab com networks eds Perform the following steps to build and register the EDS file 1 Right click the Unrecognized Device icon The Register Device menu appears Select
115. Factor Leading PF Yes Yes Power Value Overflow kW kVAR or KVA Yes Yes E3 Plus Models EC2 EC3 and EC5 O Series C or Later E3 Plus Model EC5 Only Table 23 Overload Protection Type of Relay Ambient Compensated Time Delay Phase Loss Sensitive Nature of Relay Solid State FLA Setting See Chapter 5 Trip Rating 12096 FLA Trip Class 5 30 Reset Mode Automatic or Manual Overload Reset Level 1 10096 TCU Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 229 Appendix A 230 Specifications Table 24 Ground Fault Protection Type Core Balanced Intended Use Equipment Protection Classification Per UL 1053 Class Protection Range 20 100 mA 100 500 mA 200 mA 1 0A 1 0 5 0A Trip amp Warning Time Delay 0 1 25 05 Protection Inhibit Time 0 250s Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Electronic Data Sheets EDS Product Codes Appendix B DeviceNet Information EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool e g RSNetWorx for DeviceNet to access and alter the parameters of a device The EDS file contains all the parameter information of a device to include number of parameters groupings parameter name minimum maximum and default values minimum maximum and default units data format and scaling EDS files
116. Jam X Underload X PTC E3 Plus X Current Imbalance X Comm Fault X Comm Idle X Remote Trip X Start Inhibit Series C amp Later Table 46 Warning Enable Parameter Detail WARNING ENABLE Parameter Number 25 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to Data Type WORD enable or disable warning functions separately All warning functions are Object Mapping 0x29 1 125 disabled from the factory Group Advanced Setup Units 1 Enabled EE Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 1111111111111111 Default Value 0000000000000000 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 47 Warning Enable Bit Function Detail Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O Function X Overload Ground Fault E3 Plus Jam Underload PTC E3 Plus Current Imbalance Comm Fault Comm Idle PM Starts Series C amp Later X PM Oper Hours Series C amp Later Table 48 Overload Warning Level Parameter Detail OL WARN LEVEL This parameter sets the overload warning level Parameter Number 32 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping Dr Group Advanced Setup Units Thermal Utilization Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 De
117. LA Setting range and default values are dependent upon the current rating of the product See the user manual for more information Phase loss trip level is factory set at a current imbalance greater than or equal to 100 and is not user adjustable Must use Ground Fault Sensors Catalog Number 193 CBCT_ Stall protec protection is di 50 100 sabled or devices with FRN 1 003 and earlier Available on 193 592 EC5 only Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 ion is only applicable during the motor starting sequence If any phase of current falls below the programmed Stall Trip Level stall Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Table 23 Protective Warning Summary Warning Level Inhibit Time O Factory Function Default Range Default Default Overload Disabled 0 1009 Phase Loss Ground Fault 193 592 EC2 Disabled Internal 1 5 A 20A 0 250s 10s Ground Fault 193 592 EC3 External 0 02 5A Jam Disabled 50 60096 15096 0 250s 10s Underload 10 100 70 Thermistor PTC Current Imbalance 10 100 20 0 250s 10s Comm Fault Comm Idle Voltage Input Module Enabled Hardware Fault Under Voltage L L Disabled 0 65535 400 Over Voltage L L Voltage Unbalance 0 100 85 Phase Rota
118. Level 240 OF TWarn Level 223 Ph Rot Inhibit Time 289 PT Pri 224 Ph Rot Trip 290 PT Sec 229 V Unbal Inhibit Time 193 592 EC5 only Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 109 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters Table 38 Power Monitor O Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 73 L1 Real Power 195 kVARh Con 10E0 74 L2 Real Power 196 kVARh Con 10E 3 75 L3 Real Power 197 kVARh Gen 10E6 76 Total Real Power 198 kVARh Gen 10E3 TI L1 Reactive Power 199 kVARh Gen 10E0 78 L2 Reactive Power 200 kVARh Gen 10E 3 79 L3 Reactive Power 201 VARh Net 10E6 80 Total Reactive Power 202 VARh Net 10E3 81 L1 Apparent Power 203 VARh Net 10E0 82 L2 Apparent Power 204 VARh Net 10E 3 83 L3 Apparent Power 205 VAh 10E6 84 Total Apparent Power 206 kVAh 10E 85 L1 PF 207 VAh 10E0 86 L2 PF 208 VAh 10E 3 87 L3 PF 209 W Demand 88 Total PF 210 Max kW Demand 89 Wh 10E6 211 VAR Demand 90 Wh 10E3 212 Max VAR Demand 91 Wh 10E0 213 VA Demand 92 Wh 10E 3 214 Max VA Demand 93 VARh Con 10E6 227 PW Trip Status 94 VARh Con 10E3 228 PW Warn Status 193 592 EC5 only 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 39 Power Setup O Parameter Number Description
119. Level for a time period greater than the programmed UW Trip Delay When the under real power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 1 short blink pattern e bit 0 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UW Inhibit Time Parameter 241 allows the installer to inhibit an under real power trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UW Trip Delay Parameter 242 allows the installer to define the time period an under real power condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UW Trip Level Parameter 243 allows the installer to define the total real power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Real Power Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under real power warning condition if no warning currently exists Under Real Power Warning is enabled UW Inhibit Time has expired and Total Real Power is equal to or less than the UW Warn Level When the under real power warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 1 short blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 7
120. Log 1 4 5 Current Trip Log 5 Current Trip Log 2 6 3 Current Trip Log 3 8 B Current Trip Log 4 0 1 Device Status 2 6 Device Data 3 Firmware 4 t Device Configuration 0 i Current Warn Log 0 2 3 Current Warn Log 1 4 7 Current Warning Log Current Warn Log 2 6 7 Current Warn Log 3 8 B Current Warn Log 4 0 i Elapsed Time 2 3 Starts Counter 8 Motor Statistics 4 E Starts Available 6 Time to Start 7 0 9 Network Outputs i Network Outputs 0 epus rip History 0 2 E Trip History 1 3 Eno 4 TES 10 Trip History 5 Trip History 2 6 api Trip History 3 7 8 EPAR 5 rip History 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 263 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes Attribute Name Warning History o lt e m Data Warn History 0 Warn History 1 Warn History 2 Warn History 3 Warn History 4 Trip Snapshot Note that the EC1 EC2 and EC3 return a snapshot of 10 bytes only EC5 returns 24 bytes SS L1 Current SS L2 Current SS L3 Current SS 96 TCU afol CONT OD MH BRB WIN e olol NID OM B WIN O SS GF Current SS L1 L2 Voltage EC5 Only SS L2 L3 Voltage EC5 Only SS L3 L1 Voltage EC5 Only SS Total Real Power EC5 Only
121. MPORTANT TheE3Plus model EC5 calculates frequency based on the voltage signal on L1 The following chart illustrates the reported voltage parameters based on the chosen voltage mode Parameters that do not have an X will report 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 147 Chapter 7 Voltage Monitor Group 148 Voltage Parameters Table 4 Voltage Reporting Summary Parameter Name Single Phase Delta Wye Open Delta Delta with PT L1 L2 Voltage X X X X X L2 L3 Voltage X X X X X L3 L1 Voltage X X X X Ave Voltage L L X X X X X L1 N Voltage X X L2 N Voltage X X L3 N Voltage X Ave Voltage L N X X Voltage Unbalance X X X X X Voltage Frequency X X X X X V Phase Rot X X X X Voltage Accuracy Table 5 Voltage Reporting Accuracy Operating Range Parameter Accuracy 50V LL 690V L L 40 Hz 80Hz Line to Line Voltage 396 Line to Neutral Voltage 396 Voltage Frequency 196 V Trip Status Parameter Number This parameter provides voltage based trip Access Rule Get identification as outlined in the table Data Type UINT below Object Mapping 1 Trip Group Voltage monitor 0 No Trip E Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Voltage Hardware Fault Under Volt L L Over V
122. Model EC5 Only IMPORTANT The Trip conditions identified as Protection Faults are the basis for the OUTA Pr FltState OUTA Pr FitValue OUTB Pr FitState and OUTB Pr FitValue parameters 214 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Up Sequence Troubleshooting Chapter 12 IMPORTANT Cycling power to the E3 Overload Relay will not clear a Non Volatile Fault A Non Volatile Fault must be manually reset An Overload or PTC Fault can also be automatically reset Network Status LED This LED provides information on the state of the E3 Overload Relay s DeviceNet network connection Refer to the DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedure section for descriptions of the various states this LED can take and the associated recommended corrective action OUT A amp OUT B LEDs The amber OUT A or OUT B LED illuminates when the output is commanded on However an illuminated LED does not guarantee that the output is actually on IN 1 2 3 amp 4 LEDs The amber IN1 IN2 IN3 or IN4 LED illuminates when a user connected contact is closed After the E3 Overload Relay is installed according to the guidelines specified in Chapter 2 apply power to the overload relay s DeviceNet connector After applying power the following sequence should occur 1 The Trip relay should close 2 35 seconds later and the TRIP WARN LED will not flash unless a Non Volatile Fault previously existed or a fault
123. Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Input7 Input6 Input5 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input 1 Input 0 2 Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Input 15 Input 14 Input 13 Input12 Input 11 Input10 Input 9 Input 8 Table 91 Assembly Object Instance 50 Data Format TRIP STATUS Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Faulted Table 92 Assembly Object Instance 51 Data Format TRIP WARN STATUS Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Warning Faulted Table 93 Assembly Object Instance 106 Data Format BASIC STATUS Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input2 Inputi OutA Stat Warning Faulted Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 237 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 94 Assembly Object Instance 107 Data Format STATUS Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input1 OutB_Stat OutA Stat Warning Faulted Table 95 Assembly Object Instance 108 EC5 Motor Starter Input Assembly Byte Bit7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input OutB Stat OutA Stat Warning Tripped 1 Input6 Input 5 Table 96 Assembly Object Instance 100 Attributes PARAMETER BASED Byte Word Value 0 0 Value of parameter pointed t
124. OVARG Trip Delay When the over reactive power generated trip conditions are satisfied the e bit 5 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 e bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 rip relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OVARG Inhibit Time Parameter 261 allows the installer to inhibit an over reactive power generated trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OVARG Trip Delay Parameter 262 allows the installer to define the time period an over reactive power generated condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OVARG Trip Level Parameter 263 allows the installer to define the total reactive power generated in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 32767 0 Over Reactive Power Generated Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over reactive generated power warning condition if no warning currently exists e Over Reactive Power Generated Warning is enabled OVARG Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or greater than the OVARG Warn Level When the over reactive power generated warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 6 short blink pattern bit 5 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1
125. Open Delta mode only calculates reactive power consumed Power Accuracy Table 7 Power Reporting Accuracy Operating Range Parameter Accuracy Min FLA Max FLA Apparent Power 996 50 V LL 690V L L 50 Hz amp 60Hz L1 Real Power Parameter Number 173 This parameter provides the real power Access Rule Cei kW measured in L1 with measurement in Data Type INT kiloWatts Object Mapping OFhex AD 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L2 Real Power Parameter Number 174 This parameter provides the real power Access Rule Get kW measured in L2 with measurement in Data Type INT kiloWatts Object Mapping OFhex AE 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L3 Real Power Parameter Number 175 This parameter provides the real power Access Rule Get kW measured in L3 with measurement in Data Type INT kiloWatts Object Mapping OFhex AF 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 161 Chapter 8 162 Power Parameters Total Real Power Parameter Number 176 This parameter provides the total real Access Rule Get power kW measured in all phases with Data Type INT measuremen
126. Param iol don MESSAGE Explicit MSG TripClass CIA 0593 oS MESSAGE _ Integer Files Ea Laaa Decima DINT 20 Locatti TOY aad AB 1769_SDN_4 Local UE BONES B 1763 SDN 3 Local1 0 CommandRegister IU teek B 1763 SDN C Local1 0 Data e Decimal DINT 30 Local 1 0 Data 0 l Decimal DINT Locat1 0 Data 0 0 Decimal BOOL Local1 0 Data 0 1 0 Decimal BOOL Local1 0 Data 0 2 0 Decimal BOOL Local 1 0 Data 0 3 0 Decimal BOOL To verify that OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay was energized the CompactLogix controller will read the device status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place that information at Word 1 I Data 0 with the L32E Bit 2 identifies the state of OUT A Controller Tags DeviceNet controller Scope fq DeviceNet X Show Show All Name ba Data Type Explicit MSG DeviceStatus CIA fure fas MESSAGE Explicit MSG DeviceStatus Param Poest ODER MESSAGE E Explicit MSG TripClass Cl EnS oi MESSAGE _ Integer_Files EE Decimal DINT 20 Localil uS toned AB 1763 SDN 4 Local 1 l Fault 280000 000 Binary DINT Local 1 1 Status Bes ODE AB 1769 SDN St Local 1 StatusRegister Dien uae AB 1769_SDN_St Local1 l Data ON Decimal DINT S0 LecaiiDas 5 1 16 0000 0004 Hex DINT Local 1 L Data 0 O 0 Decimal BOOL Local 1 1 Data 0 1 0 Decimal BOOL Local 1 1 Data 0 2 l Decimal BOOL Local 1 1 Data 0 3 0 Decimal
127. Real Pwr X Over Real Pwr X Under Con kVAR X Over Con kVAR X Under Gen kVAR X Over Gen kVAR X Under Power kVA X Over Power kVA Under PF Lagging Over PF Lagging Under PF Leading Over PF Leading Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Power Overflow 171 Chapter 8 172 Power Parameters UW Inhibit Time Parameter Number 241 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of time for which an under real power kW Data Type USINT detection is inhibited during a motor Object Mapping OFhex F 1 01 starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UW Trip Delay Parameter Number 242 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an Data Type UEIN under real power kW condition must Object Mapping OFhex F2 01 exist prior to the device tripping Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UW Trip Level Parameter Number 243 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under real power kW trip level Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex F3 01 Group Power Setup Units kW Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value UV Warn Level Parameter Number 244 Access Rule Get Set This param
128. T Depends on message group and message ID 5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and message ID 6 Get Initial Comm BYTE 0x33 Group 3 Characteristics 7 Get Produced Connection UINT 0 Size 8 Get Consumed Connection UINT Size 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 2 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 Auto delete 03 Deferred delete 3 Get Produced Connection UINT 0 Path Length 4 Get Produced Connection Empty Path 5 Get Consumed Connection UINT 0 Path Length 6 Get Consumed Connection Empty Path Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Discrete Input Point Object The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Object Class Code 0x08 Discrete Output Point Object Class Code 0x09 Table 105 Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 2 2 Get Max Instances UINT 20r4 Multiple instances of the Discrete Input Object are supported one instance for each general purpose discrete input on the E3 Overload Relay All instances will contain the following attributes Table 106 Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Value BOOL 0 0FF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force BOOL 0 Disable 1 Enable Enable Force 2 116 Get Set Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON The following common services will be implemented for the Discrete Inpu
129. Table 29 Reset Lock Group Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 26 Trip Reset 294 Reset kVARh 53 Program Lock 295 Reset kVAh 54 Set to Defaults 296 Reset Max kW Dmnd 103 Test Enable 297 Reset Max kVAR Dmnd 104 Clear Queue 9 298 Reset Max kVA Dmnd 293 Reset kWh Q Series C FRN 4 00 and higher Catalog Numbers 193 592 EC5 only Table 30 Advanced Setup Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 24 Trip Enable 46 UL Trip Delay 25 Warning Enable 47 UL Trip Level 27 Single Three Phase 48 UL Warn Level 28 FLA Setting 49 CL Inhibit Time 29 Trip Class 50 CL Trip Delay 30 OL PTC Reset Mode 51 CL Trip Level 31 OL Reset Level 52 CL Warn Level 32 OL Warning Level 78 CT Ratio 33 PL Inhibit Time 83 IN 1 Assignment 34 PL Trip Delay 84 IN 2 Assignment 35 GF Inhibit Time 85 IN 3 Assignment 36 GF Trip Delay 86 IN 4 Assignment 37 GF Trip Level 87 2 Speed Net Enable 38 GF Warn Level 88 3 Speed Net Enable 39 Stall Enabled Time 89 GF Trip Inhibi 40 Stall Trip Level 99 Starts Hour 41 Jam Inhibit Time 100 Starts Interval 42 Jam Trip Delay 101 PM Starts 0 43 Jam Trip Level 102 PM Operation Hours 44 Jam Warn Level 105 GF Warn Delay 45 UL Inhibit Time 106 GF Sensing Range Series C FRN 4 00 and higher Rockwell Aut
130. The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e QUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 IMPORTANT The Comm Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Dn FitState Parameter 67 e OUTA Dn FitValue Parameter 68 e QUTB Dn FitState Parameter 73 e OUTB Dn FitValue Parameter 74 Comm Idle Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Comm Idle warning if nowarning currently exists Comm Idle Warning is enabled and the network controller that is communicating to the E3 Overload Relay is placed in idle mode When the Comm Idle warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 11 blink pattern bit 10 in Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and e bit 1 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Ifa communication idle occurs and either Comm Idle Trip is not enabled or the Pr FltState parameters are set to Ignore the outputs will be placed in their Comm Idle State Remote Trip The Remote Trip function provided in series B and later devices allows the capability of tripping the E3 Overload Relay from a remote source e g a vibration switch Proper set up requires that Remote Trip is enabled in Trip Enable Parameter 24 and that an input assignment Parameters 83 86 is configured for Remote Trip Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P Dece
131. This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when a comm fault occurs and Parameter 73 is set to 0 Parameter Number 74 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping 0x09 2 6 Group DeviceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 0 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 OUTB DN IDLSTATE Parameter Number 15 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 76 defines how Output B will respond when the DeviceNet network is Object Mapping 0x09 2 7 idle When set to 1 Output B will hold Group DeviceNet 1 0 the state prior to trip occurrence When set to 0 Output B will open or close as Units mx determined by the setting in Parameter 76 Minimum Value 0 Go to ldlValue 76 Treni actin Maximum Value 1 Hold Last State e Dn Fit parameters supersede the Dn parameters Default Value 0 OUTB DN IDLVALUE Parameter Number 76 Access Rule Get Set This parameter determines the state that Output B assumes when the network is idle Dae pe ZOUL and Parameter 75 is set to 0 Object Mapping 0x09 2 8 Group DeviceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value 0 DeviceLogix Group E3 Plus Table 67 Overri
132. Underload Protection is enabled UL Inhibit Time has expired and 58 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 minimum phase current is less than the UL Trip Level for a time period greater than the UL Trip Delay If the E3 Overload Relay trips on an underload the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 7 blink pattern bit 6in Parameter 14 Trip Status will set to 1 bit 0 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 UL Inhibit Time Parameter 45 allows the installer to inhibit an underload trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UL Trip Delay Parameter 46 allows the installer to define the time period that an underload condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UL Trip Level Parameter 47 allows the installer to define the current at which the E3 Overload Relay will trip on an Underload It is user adjustable from 10 10096 0 of the FLA Setting Parameter 28 50 100 for devices with firmware revision FRN 1 003 and
133. Units Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value kVARh Net 10E3 Parameter Number 202 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy net kVARh Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex CA 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh net parameters Represents 000 XXX 000 000 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Net 10E0 Parameter Number 203 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy net kVARh Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex CB 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh net parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 XXX 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Net 10E 3 Parameter Number 204 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of AEE INT total reactive energy net kVARh yp Object Mapping OFhex CC 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh net parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 000 XXX Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVAh Net 10E6 Parameter Number 205 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total apparent energy kVAh Multiply Data Type usd Object Mapping OFhex CD 01 this value by 10 and add to the other kVAh pa
134. User Manual Allen Bradley E3 amp E3 Plus Solid State Overload Relay Catalog Numbers 193 592 EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or s
135. Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A4 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 149 Chapter 7 150 Voltage Parameters Ave Voltage L L Parameter Number 165 This parameter provides the average line Access Rule Get to line voltage measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A5 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value L1 N Voltage Parameter Number 166 This parameter provides the L1 N voltage Agasse Rulle ca measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A6 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value L2 N Voltage Parameter Number 167 This parameter provides the L2 L3 voltage Agasse fulle Cet measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A7 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value L3 N Voltage Parameter Number 168 This parameter provides the L3 N voltage POSEE Gei measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A8 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value Ave Voltage L N Parameter Number 169 This parameter provides the a
136. able is damaged please order 193 NCEC5CNT for a replacement cable Check the Voltage Input Module for damage If damaged please order 193 NVEC5VIM for a replacement Voltage Input Module Under Voltage L L e L L Voltage has exceeded the programmed under voltage level Improper parameter settings Check power system Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 217 UV Trip Level is set properly for the application Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Over Voltage L L e L L Voltage has exceeded the programmed over voltage level Improper parameter settings Check power system Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 221 OV Trip Level is set properly for the application Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Voltage Unbalance 1 Unbalance in incoming voltage Contactor or circuit breaker operation Check power system Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 231 V UnbalTripLevel is set properly for the application Phase Rotation 1 The 3 phase voltage rotation changed e g ABC to ACB Check power system Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper wiring Verify that Parameter 2
137. ad DatakVAR L2 o Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data kVAR_L3 0 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kVAR Total 5 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kV Attribute Num 19 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kV Attribute Status 0 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Data kVA_L1 51 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kVA L2 Decimal INT MSG Read DatakVA L3 Decimal INT MSG Read Data kV Total 51 Decimal INT MSG Read Data PF Attribute Num 20 Decimal INT MS amp G Read Data PF Altribute Status 0 Decimal INT MSG Read DataPF L1 99 Decimal INT MSG Read Data PF L2 100 Decimal INT MSG Read DataPF L3 Decimal INT MSG Read DataPF Total 100 Decimal INT 204 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Introduction Chapter 1 1 Using DeviceLogix DeviceLogix is a stand alone Boolean program which resides within the E3 Plus Overload Relay RS NetWorx for DeviceNet is required to program the device however since the program is embedded in the E3 Plus software no additional module is required to use this technology It is important to note that the DeviceLogix program will only run if the logic has been enabled which can be done within the Logic Editor of RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or the DeviceNet Configuration Terminal Cat No 193 DNCT In addition to executing specific Boolean logic DeviceLogix can also be used to provide specific output performance under specific communication or network conditions This can be accomplished by properly c
138. after an overload or thermistor PTC trip If an overload trip occurs and automatic reset mode is selected the E3 Overload Relay will automatically reset when the value stored in Therm Utilized Parameter 9 falls below the value stored in OL Reset Level Parameter 31 If manual reset mode is selected the E3 Overload Relay can be manually reset after the Therm Utilized is less than the OL Reset Level OL Reset Level Parameter 31 is adjustable from 1 to 10096 TCU The following table illustrates the typical overload reset time delay when OL Reset Level is set to 75 TCU Table 20 Typical Overload Relay Reset Time Delays Trip Class Reset Delay Time in Seconds O 5 45 10 90 15 135 20 180 30 270 Times shown are based on OL Reset Level Parameter 31 being set to 7596 TCU For reset time delays corresponding to other OL Reset Level settings see the following charts Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 49 Chapter 3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions 50 Figure 31 Overload Reset Times Zeda OL Reset Level TCU Mace E eR le CMM 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Time to Reset in Seconds 100 90 COR 80 EI 70 cima 60 N Sas OL Reset Level TCU 0 100 200 300 400 500 Time to Reset in Seconds Tri
139. al reactive power generated in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 32767 0 Under Reactive Power Generated Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under reactive power generated warning condition if e no warning currently exists Under Reactive Power generated Warning is enabled e UVARG Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or less than the UVARG Warn Level When the under reactive power generated warning conditions are satisfied the following will occur TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 5 short blink pattern bit in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 UVARG Warn Level Parameter 260 allows the installer to define the total reactive power generated in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 32767 0 Over Reactive Power Generated Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over reactive power generated indication if e no trip currently exists Over Reactive Power Generated protection is enabled OVARG Inhibit Time has expired and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Apparent Power kVA Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Total Reactive Power is equal to or greater than OVARG Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed
140. al BOOL Integer_Files 1 8 0 Decimal BDOL Integer_Files 1 9 0 Decimal BOOL Currently OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is energized as shown in Bit 2 in Integer Files 1 Reading the Trip Class using the Overload Object Class 0x2C In this example a Periodic Task has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the Trip Class of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Overload Object Class The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic Task executes X RSLophs 5000 DeviceNet 17694375 Fe ES Vow Search Loge Cousins Tock windon Hub alsin ei gt e lt A oo z sisi fi vin al fana m y Pun parmense v4 dal No Forces E E 5D SET ed a a a 1 4 Motas asun Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read the Trip Class by using the Overload Object Class by configuring the following fields Message Type CIP Generic Service Type Get Attribute Single Service Code OxOE hex Class 0x2C hex nstance 0x01 hex Attribute 0x81 hex Destination Integer Files 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 199 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Configuration Explicit MSG_TripClass_CIA Configuration Communication Tag Message Type CIP Generic mcs Get Attribute Single v Source Element Soucelengh 0
141. al Blocks Table 3 Three Pole Terminal Blocks Cat No 100 DTB1890 A 6 1 0 AWG 16 50 mm B 6 AWG 250 MCM 16 120 mm 90 110 Ib in 10 12 Nm 100 DTB420 2 4 AWG 600 MCM 25 240 mm 180 220 Ib in 20 25 Nm Terminal Lug Kits Table 4 Terminal Lug Kits Cat No 100 DL 110 Lug 6 2 0 AWG 16 70 mm 90 110 Ib in 10 12 Nm Terminal 13 32 in 10 mm 150 Ib in 17 Nm 180 Lug 6 AWG 250 MCM 16 120 mm 90 110 Ib in 10 12 Nm Terminal 1 2 in 13 mm 275 b in 16 Nm 420 Lug 2 AWG 350 MCM 375 Ib in 42 Nm Terminal 11 16 in 17 mm 140 Ib in 16 Nm 630 Lug 2 0 AWG 500 MCM 70 240 mm 400 Ib in 45 N Terminal 3 4 in 19 mm 600 Ib in 68 Nm 860 Lug 2 0 AWG 500 MCM 70 240 mm 400 Ib in 45 Nm Terminal 3 4 in 19 mm 600 Ib in 68 Nm Control DeviceNet amp Voltage Input Module Terminals Table 5 Wire Size amp Torque Specification Wire Type Conductor Torque All Cat No Types Stranded Solid AWG Single 24 12 AWG Multiple 24 16 AWG stranded only 5 Ib in Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 27 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Wire Type Conductor Torque All Cat No Types Flexible Stranded with Ferrule Metric Single 0 25 2 5 mm Multiple 0 5 0 75 mm 0 55 Nm Coarse Stranded Solid Metric Singl
142. al Transformer PT Connection 36 Core Balanced Ground Fault Sensor Application 37 Typical Control CHGUIEBSL 5 cups A eats ds bee Sosa toes 4l Wiring Diagrams 1o qecctee our rU CHE Fora ewan Deo baie Eid 41 External Remote Reset FRN 3 001 amp Later Lsuuue 44 Protective Trip amp Warning T ttocdieglotiss Les uice o XP use ta ml io dean este a tt nd 45 Functions Trip Enable oe be Cte dus 45 Waming EE aD Wes 45 Overlord Protection eu ee reed et abet eoo Co stl ein ibs shoo d 45 Overload Dre cocer eee tite tet pee temas 45 BLA Setting sene renun d Ra woa aie a RE ke en GARE SR NER 46 CAT SC T Leicester E deo diet Lp 47 RS PE 47 Trip CUiVeS M CES 47 Autos Manual Reset innere d e re Ck ae SA RI up fepe 49 Overload Warning ot aot RIA EA PNE ud aped a adus 50 Overl ad Diagnostics serren eee amos deese be COM xta ERR 51 Non Volatile Thermal Memory 0s eeeeeee eee e eens 51 Phase Loss PEORGCHOR iessu Soke uei Rond il down QU PE EIC RARI 51 Phase Loss Tipee tere acute eu Hob a eae ashi qe in enin 51 Ground Fault Protection E3 Plus eee ete 52 Ground Fault Setting Range eese e reemr rre eth eres n iden 53 Ground Fault Prine vista eost alode Du ants Los duedacht 53 Ground Fault Trip Inhibit 41 2 re reds 54 Ground Fault Warning a ceste ett ipuatvesao ttn ict ae ete Dat cic vadita 55 Ground Fault Piltet ici Ree ER E eek ead dO 55 Stall Protection sos coe tue br Sha DE ERCRII ed
143. alue 0 Maximum Value 3600 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 7 Introduction Phase Voltage Reporting Voltage Parameters The E3 Plus model ECS has the capability to protect against poor voltage quality by offering voltage based protection The user can prevent a contactor from energizing if the voltage is either too high or too low This model also provides maintenance personnel with voltage based diagnostic information when investigating an unplanned shut down This chapter provides information for the voltage monitoring and setup parameters for the E3 Plus Overload Relay model ECS Voltage Range The E3 Plus model ECS utilizes a true RMS algorithm to calculate the RMS value of the voltage that exists on L1 L2 and L3 The relay is capable of sensing voltages ranging from 0V L L to 690V L L for frequencies ranging from 20 Hz to 250 Hz The relay supports the following voltage systems Single Phase 2 Wire Delta Direct Connection Wye Direct Connection or with 3 Potential Transformers Open Delta with 2 Potential Transformers Delta with PT with 3 Potential Transformers IMPORTANT TheE3Plus model EC5 will report 0 V if the voltage is below 50V LL IMPORTANT TheE3Plus model EC5 is capable of reporting values greater than 690V L L and for frequencies less than 40 Hz or greater than 80 Hz but the accuracy of the value may be compromised I
144. alue 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 400 OV Inhibit Time Parameter Number 219 This parameter defines the amount of time Access Rule Gei Set for which an over voltage detection is Data Type USINT be a a motor starting Object Mapping OFhex DB 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OV Trip Delay Parameter Number 220 This parameter allows the installer to escerGule cen program a time duration for which an over Data Type USINT Yonge condition must exist prior to the Object Mapping OFhex DC 01 evice tripping Group Voltage Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OV Trip Level Parameter Number 221 This parameter sets the over voltage trip Access Rule Get Set level Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex DD 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 500 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 153 Chapter 7 154 Voltage Parameters OV Warn Level Parameter Number 222 This parameter sets the over voltage Access Rule Getset warning level Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex DE 01 Group Voltage Setup Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 490 Ph Rot Inhibit Time Parameter Number 223 This parameter defines
145. ameter records the trip previous to Trip Log 2 TRIP LOG 4 This parameter records the trip previous to Trip Log 3 DEVICE STATUS This parameter provides status information of the E3 Overload Relay as outlined in the table below 1 On or Present 0 Off or Not Present Bit Monitoring Parameters Parameter Number Chapter 6 18 Access Rule Get Data Type WORD Object Mapping 0x29 1 118 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Trip Status table Maximum Value See Trip Status table Default Value Parameter Number None 19 Access Rule Get Data Type WORD Object Mapping 0x29 1 119 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Trip Status table Maximum Value See Trip Status table Default Value Parameter Number None Access Rule Data Type WORD Object Mapping 0x29 1 120 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Trip Status table Maximum Value See Trip Status table Default Value Parameter Number None 21 Access Rule Get Data Type WORD Object Mapping 0x29 1 121 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Function Trip Warning Output A Output B E3 Plus Input 1 Input 2 Input 3
146. ancien 9 Who Should Use This Manual 25 2 Lee 4x ERR ae cana 9 Vocabulary i Eis e see ERA ELLEN ahs gin ETT T3 ees 9 CONVENTIONS 257 c covesovor owes pte neveu dee tentum vada eMe sos 9 Reference Manuals ioc cn sas e iain REP ee dd OR P RAN E RE YA 9 IibtOd uet IOBs Lor uthei d e ost TN Eo E e te E IL Md 11 Descriptions Vereor educere ER E ato dado gre Ve A 11 Catalog Number Explanation 3 9555535 Rye YR as RR RE ERE 12 Single Three Phase Operation so eoe chr rre rx ee tremens 12 Protection amp Warning Functions 40 s ehe LARES eto 12 Parameter Monitoring odi cusa tr ds e d d aaa VERE EVE e 13 Current Based Operational Data 2 0c cee ee ee eee ee 13 Diagnostic Parameters aoo ect ss aaa eee eet 13 Voltage Parameters sciGis cbs roetis aa E bens tangcnence 13 Power Parameters 0 ccc cece cence hm 13 Overload Relay Beat tes 4 6t oekss ade sieaa vx E een dean pines 14 Eodem TET nmm 14 Inputs amp Outputs uis Coro OS e ru i eer isan n 14 User IpntekbqC eco toaster wad Ae dirimi ds ath anata mana udi d ccrasenals 15 DeviceNet Compatibility 44 4242 ci ce RA aan ERES UE 16 Flash Metnobty uoces veio verPE LARA REN E EE rV FAR EI CMS 16 IntroaductloDi co coti edem tte o ERR ss 17 Receiving sostas pte M DERI RA RETOURS PME APIS 17 Unpackine Inspectitig aco ou ridehies cds Oe CPI Aid 17 SUOFIBID wi coda vac a ule ta La uolo er c eee ax lode ioi et pci inl 17 General Precautions casum cT EE EC es NV E E 18 Star
147. arameter 15 will set to 1 and e bit 1 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Queue Clearing Using the Clear Queue Parameter 104 the E3 Overload Relay provides the capability to simultaneously clear reset the Trip Logs Parameters 16 20 e Warning Logs Parameters 90 94 Starts Counter Parameter 96 and the e Elapsed Time Parameter 95 If using the Preventative Maintenance Flags the user will want to reset the Starts Count and Elapsed Time after preventative maintenance has been performed Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 93 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions 94 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Introduction Chapter 4 DeviceNet Node Commissioning IMPORTANT The following recommendations are intended to ensure a trouble free startup and operation Use the node commissioning tool in RSNetWorx or the E3 programming and control terminal when modifying the E3 Overload Relay s node address Do not use the General tab found in the product window in RSNetWorx The node commissioning tool ensures that the device goes through a hard reset and requires the user to upload the most current parameter information from the device prior to making configuration changes Ensure that you have the most current configuration information prior to saving a RSNetWorx configuration file e fyou intend to employ the automat
148. arameter Number None 4 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 230 2Chex1 5 2Chex1 226 Group Monitor Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 1 Maximum Value See Table 1 Default Value Parameter Number None Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 105 Group Monitor Units FLA Minimum Value Maximum Value 1000 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 None L2 FLA This parameter provides the L2 phase current measurement as a percentage of the motor s full load current rating Parameter 28 FLA Setting L3 FLA This parameter provides the L3 phase current measurement as a percentage of the motor s full load current rating Parameter 28 FLA Setting AVERAGE FLA This parameter provides the average current measurement as a percentage of the motor s full load current rating Parameter 28 FLA Setting THERM UTILIZED This parameter reports the calculated percent thermal capacity utilization of the connected motor GF CURRENT E3 Plus This parameter provides the ground fault current measurement in amperes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Monitoring Parameters Chapter 6 Parameter Number 6 Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 106 Grou
149. art and as documented in a technical construction file e EN 60947 4 1 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Part 4 Contactors and Motor Starters Section 1 Electromechanical Contactors and Motor Starters e EN 60947 5 1 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Part 5 Control Circuit Devices and Switching Devices Section 1 Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices EN 60947 8 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Standard Part 8 Control Units for Built in Thermal Protection PTC for rotating electrical machines 270 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Introduction External Control Applications Output Control Applications Appendix D Two Speed Applications The E3 Plus Overload Relay Series B and later provides 2 Speed FLA Set Parameter 88 for use in two speed motor applications This appendix provides overview and guidance on various methods that can be employed to protect two speed motors For applications in which the two speed starter control is accomplished externally from the E3 Plus outputs an auxiliary contact associated with the high speed contactor is wired to one of the E3 Plus inputs The corresponding input assignment Parameter 83 86 is set to 2 Speed The overload function s thermal capacity utilized TCU calculation is based on the Parameter 88 setting when the two speed assigned input is asserted For applications that use the integral outp
150. arts per Hour USINT Number of starts allowed per hour 105 Get Set Starts Interval UINT Minimum time between starts The Preventative Maintenance Start 106 Get Set PM Start Count UINT Count flag is set after this number of starts The Preventative Maintenance 107 Get Set PM Oper Hours UINT Operating Hours flag is set after this number of hours 108 Get Set Test Enable BOOL Enables Disables the Test Button 109 Get Warning Log 0 WORD Enumerated same as attribute 115 110 Get Warning Log 1 WORD Enumerated same as attribute 115 111 Get Warning Log 2 WORD Enumerated same as attribute 115 112 Get Warning Log 3 WORD Enumerated same as attribute 115 113 Get Warning Log 4 WORD Enumerated same as attribute 115 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 247 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 115 Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 248 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Access Rule Get Get Get Get Get Get Get Get Name Trip Status Warning Status Trip Log 0 Trip Log 1 Trip Log 2 Trip Log 3 Trip Log 4 Device Status Data Type WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD WORD Value Bit 0 Test Trip Bit 1 Overload Bit 2 Phase Loss Bit 3 Ground Fault 06 Bit 4 Stall Bit 5 Jam Bit 6 Underload
151. asure across terminals 95 and 96 to ensure the trip relay contacts closed Remove control circuit supply power and check the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay Trip Relay 95 96 OUT A or OUT B Output A or Output B does not appear to turn on close when commanded to do so Check the supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector Check the OUTA and OUTB status LEDs If the appropriate LED does not illuminate check the programmable controller ladder logic and I O mapping If the appropriate Output LED is illuminated remove the control circuit power and check for continuity across the appropriate output terminals 13 14 for OUTA 23 24 for OUTB If the continuity test indicates the output is open replace the E3 Overload Relay Check the supply voltage against the ratings of the contactor and the relay output before installing a new unit Remove control circuit power and check the control circuit fuse and the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay output terminals Check the control circuit power supply Verify the voltage is within the contactor and overload relay ratings Check the TRIP WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters If a Protection Fault exists refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure If a DeviceNet related fault exists refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure Check the OUTA and OUTB Pr FitState Pr FltValue Dn FitState Dn F
152. at No 193 NVECSVIM is an add on accessory for use with the E3 Plus Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes Figure 12 193 NVEC5VIM Voltage Input Module T 0 886 E 22 5 2 972 75 5 Fc DQOQOOOO H Is Is Z i Ja Y 2 782 4 70 65 0 457 0 177 11 ii c C 4 5 X ot EH a 7 3 216 82 0 Specifications Power Terminals Table 2 Wire Size amp Torque Specification Cat No 193 EC__B amp D 193 EC E Wire Type Conductor Torque 592 EC__T C 592 EC D Stranded Solid AWG Single 14 6 AWG 12 1 AWG 22 lb in 35 Ib in Multiple 10 6 AWG 6 2 AWG 30 Ib in 35 Ib in Flexible Stranded with Ferrule Metric Single 2 5 16 mm 4 35 mm 2 5 Nm 4Nm Multiple 6 10 mm 4 25 mm 3 4 Nm 4 Nm Coarse Stranded Solid Metric Single 2 5 25 mm 4 50 mm 2 5 Nm 4 Nm Multiple 6 16 mm 4 35 mm 3 4 Nm 4 Nm 26 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Three Pole Termin
153. ay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as DNET 2 6 DNET the name of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 2 The port number of the 1769 SDN DeviceNet Scanner 6 The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Message Configuration Explicit MSG DeviceStatus Param Configuration Communication Tag Path DNET 2 6 DNET 2 6 3 Connected Enable OQ Enable Waiting Start Done Done Length 2 Eror Co Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Test OK Cms When finished the MSG instruction will read the Device Status from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer Files 1 as shown 198 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Controller Tags DeviceNet controller Scope f DeviceNet v Show Show All Force Mask __ Explicit MSG DeviceStatus CIA teal ened MESSAGE __ Explicit MSG_DeviceStatus_Param 5 Gann MESSAGE Explicit MSG_TripClass_CIA S i MESSAGE Integer Files C Decimal DINT 20 Integer Files U 4 Decimal DINT a Decimal DINT Integer Files1 0 0 Decimal BDOL Integer Files 1 1 0 Decimal BOOL Integer_Files 1 2 1 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 1 3 0 Decimal BOOL Integer_Files 1 4 0 Decimal BDOL Integer_Files 1 5 o Decimal BOOL Integer_Files 1 6 0 Decimal BDOL Integer_Files 1 7 0 Decim
154. bit 10 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 UPELD Inhibit Time Parameter 281 allows the installer to inhibit an under power factor leading trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UPFLD Trip Delay Parameter 282 allows the installer to define the time period an under power factor leading condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UPFLD Trip Level Parameter 283 allows the installer to define the total power factor leading in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Power Factor Leading Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under power factor leading warning condition if no warning currently exists Under Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled UPFLD Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or less than the UPFLD Warn Level When the under power factor leading warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 11 short blink pattern bit 10 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit
155. capacitor Under Reactive Power Consumed Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under reactive power consumed indication if no trip currently exists Under Reactive Power Consumed protection is enabled UVARC Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or less than UVARC Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UVARC Trip Delay When the under real power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 3 short blink pattern bit 2 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed UVARC Inhibit Time Parameter 249 allows the installer to inhibit an under reactive power consumed trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 71 Chapter 3 78 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions UVARC Trip Delay Parameter 250 allows the installer to define the time period an under reactive power consumed condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UVARC Trip Level Parameter 251 allows the installer to define the total reactive power consumed in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Reactiv
156. ce x lt 2 Ou pu gt lt zZ Ou pu N x lt 2 Ou pu co e e e e e e e e e e e e e e x lt Ou pu D Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 Chapter 5 133 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 6 Monitoring Parameters Introduction This chapter provides information for the current monitoring and diagnostic parameters of the E3 Overload Relay Phase Current Reporting Current Range The E3 Overload Relay utilizes a true RMS algorithm to calculate the RMS value of the current passing through phase L1 L2 and L3 The relay is capable of sensing currents ranging from 0 720 of the maximum FLA Setting IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay will report 0 A or 0 FLA if the current is below 3096 of the minimum FLA Setting IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay is capable of reporting values greater than 72096 of the maximum FLA Setting but the accuracy of the value may be compromised The following chart illustrates the reporting current precision the minimum and maximum reporting current values and the 72096 maximum FLA value for each current range Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 135 Chapter 6 136 Monitoring Parameters Table 1 Curr
157. ce 1 of the MCC Object will be supported 0x00C2 Table 130 MCC Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Range Value Rule Type 1 Get Set Mcc Number USINT 0 255 0 2 Get set Vertical Section USINT 0 255 0 umber 5 Get Set Strarting Section Letter USINT 0 255 65 6 Get Set Space Factors USINT 0 255 Ox3F 7 Get Set Cabinet Width USINT 0 255 0 8 Get Set Mcc Number USINT 0 255 0 EC1 2 9 Get icd Device USINT EC2 EC3 EC4 4 P EC5 6 Devices Connected at Array of 10 Get Set Inputs USINT 00000000000000 The following common services will be implemented for the MCC Object Table 131 MCC Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 0x18 No Yes Get_Member 0x19 No Yes Set_Member Logic Supervisor Object A single instance instance 1 will be supported The following instance CLASS CODE 0x030E attributes will be supported Table 132 Logic Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Name Data Type Range Value Rule O Logic 1 Get Set Logic Enable BOOL Disabled 0 1 Logic Enabled Array of The Standard 2 Get Data Table BYTE Bit Table 0 5 Get Last Error UDINT Lasterror 65 code STRUCT of FB Classes USINT 4 6 Get Implemented Array of 775 776 0x3F UINT 777 778 Rockwell Automation P
158. ce Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 91 Chapter 3 92 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e QUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 Starts Hour Parameter 99 allows the installer to limit the number of starts per hour It is adjustable from 1 120 Starts Interval Parameter 100 allows the installer to limit the time between starts It is adjustable from 0 3600 seconds Starts Available Parameter 97 reports the number of starts currently available based on the Start Inhibit settings and the actual motor starting events Time to Start Parameter 98 reports the amount of the time remaining until a new start can be effected If the Time to Start time has elapsed it will report zero until the next Blocked Start trip occurs Preventive Maintenance Flags The E3 Overload Relay offers preventive maintenance flags in the Warning Status parameter based on the number of start cycles or the number of operating hours motor current must be greater than 30 of the minimum Full Load Current FLA setting These can be used to send the user a warning message that the number of star
159. cember 2011 103 Chapter4 DeviceNet Node Commissioning 104 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Introduction Programming Parameter Group Listing Chapter 5 Programmable Parameters This chapter describes each programmable parameter and its function Refer to Chapter 4 for instructions in using RS NetWorx for DeviceNet to modify parameter settings and Input and Output Assemblies IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes downloaded to the E3 Overload Relay take effect immediately even during a running status IMPORTANT Parameter setting changes made in a configuration tool e g RSNetWorx for DeviceNet do not take effect in the E3 Overload Relay until the installer applies or downloads the new settings to the device Program Lock Program Lock Parameter 53 provides a degree of security from having parameter settings unintentionally altered when programmed to the locked setting Reset to Default Factory Settings Set to Defaults Parameter 54 allows the installer to reset all parameter settings including trip logs to the factory default values IMPORTANT Resetting to factory default values also resets the E3 Overload Relay s DeviceNet node address MAC ID to the default value of 63 The E3 Overload Relay can contain up to 13 parameter groups depending on the model number and firmware revision In this chapter the following parameter groups will be discussed e Monitor Group e
160. cess Rule Get Tienes ene omnes s NN Un to Warn History 1 Refer to Table 8 1 for Object Mapping OFhex 8B 01 he arning stop record Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9 Warn History 3 This parameter reports the warning written to the Warning History previous to Warn History 2 Refer to Table 8 1 for the Warning History record Parameter Number 140 Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 8C 01 identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Warn History 4 Parameter Number 141 Access Rule Get This parameter reports the warning written to the Warning History previous Data Type UINT to Warn History 3 Refer to Table 8 1 for Object Mapping OFhex 8D 01 the Warning History record identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 185 Chapter9 Trip History and Snapshot Table 8 Trip amp Warning History Fault Codes Code Type Description 0 No Fault No Fault Conditions Detected 1 Test Trip Test tr
161. choice polled amp amp lack suppressed 0x82 Server Class 2 If alloc choice polled amp amp ack suppressed 0x80 Server Class 0 4 Get Produced UINT 01111xxxxxx Connection ID XXXxxx Node address 5 Get Consumed UINT 10xxxxxx101 Connection ID XXXxxx Node address Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Attribute Access Data ID Rule Name Type Value 6 Ge Initial Comm BYTE 0x21 Characteristics 7 Ge Produced UINT 0 8 Connection Size 8 Ge Consumed UINT 0 8 Connection Size 9 Get Set Expected Packet UINT inms Rate 2 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 Transition to timed out 1 Auto delete 2 Auto reset 3 Ge Produced Connection UINT 8 Path Length 4 Get Set Produced Connection EPATH 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 Path 5 Ge Consumed Connection UINT 8 Path Length 6 Get Set Consumed Connection EPATH 21 04 00 25 assy inst 00 30 03 Path The following Instance 4 Change of State Cyclic I O connection attributes are supported Table 103 Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 Nonexistent 1 Configuring 3 Established 4 Timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 1 0 Message 3 Get Transport Class BYTE Cyclic 0x03 Trigger Cyclic Ack Suppres
162. conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 1 Motor winding insulation is decayed Check power conductors and motor windings for low resistance to ground Foreign Object short 2 Check motor winding insulation for low resistance to ground External ground fault sensor core balance current 3 Check for foreign objects transformer has improper connection 4 Check cable connections Stall Motor has not reached full speed by the end of the Stall Enabld 1 Check for source of stall i e excessive load or mechanical Time Parameter 39 transmission component failure Improper parameter settings 2 Parameter 39 Stall Enabld Time is set too low for the application Check to ensure that Parameter 28 FLA Setting is set correctly Jam Motor current has exceeded the programmed jam level 1 Check for the source of the jam i e excessive load or mechanical Improper parameter settings transmission component failure 2 Parameter 43 Jam Trip Level is set too low for the application Check to ensure that Parameter 28 FLA Setting is set correctly PTC Motor stator windings overheated 1 Check for source of motor overtemperature i e overload obstructed Thermistor leads short circuited or broken cooling high ambient temperature excessive starts hour 2 Inspect thermistor leads for short circuit or open 218 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Trip Des
163. connected motor Based on the maximum current measured and the programmed FLA Setting and Trip Class a thermal model that simulates the actual heating of the motor is calculated The percent thermal capacity utilized Parameter 9 reports this calculated value and can be read via the DeviceNet network Overload Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an overload indication if e no trip currently exists overload protection is enabled and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 45 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions 96 Therm Utilized reaches 100 If the E3 Overload Relay trips on an overload the following will occur the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red two blink pattern Bit 1 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will go to 1 Bit 0 in Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 the Trip Relay contact will open and the outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Or FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e QUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 FLA Setting The FLA Setting Parameter 28 is provided for the installer to enter the motor s full load current rating The 2 SpdFLA Set Parameter 88 is provided in series B and later E3 Plus Overload Relay units for programming the high speed FLA values in two speed motor applicat
164. cription Table 11 Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures Continued Possible Cause Corrective Action Current 1 Imbalance in incoming power Check power system i e blown fuse Imbalance 2 Motor winding imbalance Repair motor or if acceptable raise value of Parameter 51 CI Trip 3 Motor idling Level 4 Contactor or circuit breaker operation Raise value of Parameter 51 CI Trip Level to an acceptable level Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation Comm Fault 1 Communication disruption Check the DeviceNet cabling for a wiring disconnection Comm Idle 1 Programmable controller processor set to the program Reset trip after the programmable controller process is returned to mode the run mode NonVol Memory Fault 1 Internal product failure Consult the factory Hardware Fault trip 1 Hardware configuration failure Verify that the input terminals 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 are not shorted at the PTC terminals IT1 IT2 Consult the factory Configuration Fault warning 1 Parameter 27 Single Three Ph is set to single phase and current is being sensed in phase L3 during motor operation FLA setting is outside the legal range as determined by the corresponding CT Ratio setting For three phase applications Parameter 27 Single Three Ph should be set to three phase for single phase applications verify that current iflowing throu
165. ction Trip Enable Warning Enable Overload Protection Chapter 3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions The purpose of this chapter is to provide detailed information regarding the protective trip and warning functions of the E3 Overload Relay In this chapter you will find considerable mention given to programming parameters as they relate to these functions For complete descriptions of the programming parameters refer to Chapter 5 Programmable Parameters Trip Enable Parameter 24 allows the installer to enable or disable the desired protective functions separately The overload phase loss and communication fault trip functions are enabled from the factory IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay requires overload trip protection to be enabled at all times The E3 Plus Overload Relay requires either overload or PTC trip protection to be enabled at all times ATTENTION To avoid unexpected behavior of the outputs the Trip IN Enable settings should not be altered during the machine operation Doing so may result in an unintended actuation of controlled industrial equipment with potential for machine damage or serious injury to personnel Warning Enable Parameter 25 allows the installer to enable or disable the desired warning functions separately All warning functions are disabled from the factory The E3 Overload Relay provides overload protection through true RMS current measurement of the individual phase currents of the
166. ctions Chapter 3 UF Warn Level Parameter 236 allows the installer to define the frequency in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 250 Hz Over Frequency OF Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over frequency indication if notrip currently exists OF Protection is enabled OF Inhibit Time has expired and Volt Frequency is equal to or less than OF Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OF Trip Delay When the over frequency trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 1 long and 7 short blink pattern e bit 6in V Trip Status Parameter 160 will set to 1 e bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OF Inhibit Time Parameter 237 allows the installer to inhibit an over frequency trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OF Trip Delay Parameter 238 allows the installer to define the time period an over frequency condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OF Trip Level Parameter 239 allows the installer to define the frequency in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 250 Hz Over Frequency OF Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an o
167. d Relay Refer to DeviceNet Node Commissioning on page 95 for further information regarding node commissioning ATTENTION If the outputs are to be commanded via an explicit message ensure that there can never be an established I O connection that can actively control them and that the explicit message connection has a non zero expected packet rate EPR setting Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Failure Type Input 1 4 Input 1 Input 5 6 Trip Relay Failure Description Input 1 2 3 or 4 does not appear to recognize a contact closure Trip reset operation Input 5 or 6 does not appear to recognize a contact closure The trip relay does not appear to be functioning properly Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 15 Input and Output Troubleshooting Procedures Corrective Action 1 2 Check the supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector If the applicable contact closes but the E3 Overload Relay Input does not recognize the closure check the continuity and wiring to the connected contact Checkthe IN 1 2 3 and 4 status LEDs If the appropriate LED does not illuminate measure the voltage across and current through the applicable input Verify they are within the ratings of the E3 Overload Relay See Appendix A If the appropriate Input LED does illuminate but the input status is not reported properly over the DeviceNet network check the programmable contro
168. data that is exchanged by the E3 Overload Relay is done by selecting Input and Output Assembly instance numbers Each assembly has a given size in bytes This instance number is written to the Input Assembly and Output Assembly parameters The different instances formats allow for user programming flexibility and network optimization IMPORTANT The Output Assembly and Input Assembly parameter values cannot be changed while the E3 Overload Relay is online with a scanner Any attempts to change the value of this parameter while online with a scanner will result in the error message Object State Conflict Mapping the Scanner to the Scan List The Automap feature available in all Rockwell Automation scanners automatically maps the information If the default I O assemblies are not used the values must be changed in the scan list 1 Select Edit I O Parameters from the Scan List tab of the scanner The following window appears Edit 1 0 Parameters A05 E3 Plus 9 5000A 2 x I St T Change of State Cycli ilz iB 4 Bytes Change of State Cyclic Use Gutput Bit si Input Size E 4 Bytes 7 Polled Output Size fi 4 Bytes Input Size e E Bytes Heartbeat Rate 250 msec Dutput Size fi a Bytes Advanced Poll Rate Ever Scan Cancel Restore 1 0 Sizes 2 Change the default I O assemblies in the Polled section of the window then select OK Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM
169. de Parameters Detail COMM OVERRIDE Parameter Number 79 Access Rule Get Set This parameter is used to enable Devi Data Type BOOL eviceLogix programs to override normal output behavior in the event of a Object Mapping Ox1E 1 105 communication status change These 1 events include all states where the E3 Plus ETE UEMUCENUIK is without an I O connection 1 0 Units a Connection does not exist has timed out Minimum Value 0 Disabled has been deleted or is currently idle Maximum Value 1 Enabled Default Value 0 NETWORK OVERRIDE Parameter Number 80 Access Rule Get Set This parameter is used to enable Data Type BOOL DeviceLogix programs to override normal E output behavior in the event of a network Object Mapping Ox1E 1 104 fault Network faults include duplicate j MAC ID failures and bus off conditions ae FERESHEIE nits Minimum Value 0 Disabled Maximum Value 1 Enabled Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 131 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters Table 68 Net Outputs Parameter Detail NET OUTPUTS Parameter Number Access Rule This parameter monitors network outputs controlled through DeviceLogix programs Data Type Object Mapping Group DeviceLogix Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Table 69 Net Outputs Bit Function Detail Bits 15 14
170. ds the warning Access Rule Gai previous to Warn Log 0 Data Type WORD Object Mapping 29hex 1 110 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Warning Status Table Maximum Value See Warning Status Table Default Value 0 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Monitoring Parameters Chapter 6 Warn Log 2 Series C and later Parameter Number 92 This parameter records the warning Access Rule Get previous to Warn Log 1 Data Type WORD Object Mapping 29hex 1 111 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Warning Status Table Maximum Value See Warning Status Table Default Value 0 Warn Log 3 Series C and later Parameter Number 93 This parameter records the warning Access Rule Get previous to Warn Log 2 Data Type WORD Object Mapping 29hex 1 112 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Warning Status Table Maximum Value See Warning Status Table Default Value 0 Warn Log 4 Series C and later Parameter Number 94 This parameter records the warning Agas iUe Cai previous to Warn Log 3 Data Type WORD Object Mapping 29hex 1 113 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Warning Status Table Maximum Value See Warning Status Table Default Value 0 Elapsed Time Series C and later Parameter Number 95 This paramete
171. e 1 Enable 116 Get Set Force Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON Size of appendix encoded path STRUCT ee encoded 117 Get Set Input Binding ree NULL path means rray of 2 USINT attribute 3 drives the output Otherwise this is a path to a bit in the Bit Table The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 110 Discrete Output Point Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object Table 111 Parameter Object Class Attributes Attribute Access Rule Name Data Type Value ID 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instances UINT produci Code ependent 8 Get Parameter Class Descriptor WORD 0x03 10 Get Native Language USINT 1 English Multiple instances of the Parameter Object are supported All instances will contain the following attributes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 112 Parameter Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access Rule Name Data Type Value ID Get Set Only Get is See Data Type amp 1 supported for Parameter Value Data Size monitoring Attributes parameters 2 Get Link Path Size USINT 08 Link Path Segment Type BYTE Path to s
172. e 0 2 2 5 mm Multiple 0 2 1 5 mm 0 55 Nm Table 6 Maximum Wire Length PTC amp input Minimum Cross Section mm 0 5 0 75 1 5 2 5 40 AWG 20 18 16 14 12 Maximum Length meters 160 250 400 600 1000 feet 525 825 1300 1950 3200 The use of shielded cable is recommended for the PTC thermistor circuit to assist in obtaining compliance with Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC requirements Shielded cable is recommended for the input circuits where wire lengths exceed 200 meters 656 feet NOTE For reliable input signal processing input wiring should be routed in raceways separate from power cabling Table 7 Ground Fault Sensor Terminals S1 amp S2 Shielded Twisted Pair Wire Type Cross Section 0 2 4 0 mm 24 12 AWG 0 55 N m 5 Ib in Torque 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Terminal Designations Control Terminals Table 8 Control Terminal Designation Terminal Reference Description 1 IN 1 1 2 IN2 IB IPTE General Purpose Sinking Input Number er 4 IN4 400 5 V 24V 6 V 7 IN5 50 ANT General Purpose Sinking Input Number ET S END Earth Ground amp 13 14 OUT A Output A 23 24 OUTB Output B 06 95 96 Trip Relay Trip Relay IT1 IT2 PTC Thermistor PTC Input 1 82 External Ground Fault Sensor Input 89
173. e Power Consumed Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under reactive power consumed warning condition if e no warning currently exists Under Reactive Power Consumed Warning is enabled UVARC Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or less than the UVARC Warn Level When the under reactive power consumed warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 3 short blink pattern bit 2 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 UVARC Warn Level Parameter 252 allows the installer to define the total reactive power consumed in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Reactive Power Consumed Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over reactive consumed power indication if e no trip currently exists e Over Reactive Power Consumed protection is enabled OVARC Inhibit Time has expired and Total Reactive Power is equal to or greater than OVARC Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OVARC Trip Delay When the over reactive power consumed trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 4 short blink pattern e bit 3 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will go to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open
174. e discrete IN4 input Available in FRN 5 00 and higher Parameter Nu 83 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mappi NET Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 4 Force Snapshot Default Value Parameter Number 0 84 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping TRE Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Nu 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 4 Force Snapshot 0 85 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mappi 29 1179 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Nu 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 4 Force Snapshot 0 86 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mappi 29 1 180 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 4 Force Snapshot 0 121 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters Table 57 Two Speed Motor Parameters Detail E3 Plus
175. e installer to program a time duration that a current Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT imbalance condition must exist at the Object Mapping 2Chex 1 150 programmed level prior to the device Group Advanced Setup tripping Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 5 0 CI TRIP LEVEL Parameter Number 51 l l Access Rule Get Set M sets the current imbalance Data Type USINT Object Mapping Arae 1e51 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 10 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 35 CI WARN LEVEL Parameter Number 52 This parameter sets the current imbalance warning level Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping ZUM A Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 10 Maximum Value 100 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 20 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 Table 56 Input Parameters Detail IN1 ASSIGNMENT This parameter allows the user to assign a specific function to the discrete IN1 input IN2 ASSIGNMENT This parameter allows the user to assign a specific function to the discrete IN2 input IN3 ASSIGNMENT E3 Plus This parameter allows the user to assign a specific function to the discrete IN3 input IN4 ASSIGNMENT E3 Plus This parameter allows the user to assign a specific function to th
176. ed the programmed over real power level 2 Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals to the load side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 243 UW Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 247 OW Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Under Reactive Power Consumed kVAR Over Reactive Power Consumed kVAR Reactive power has exceeded the programmed under reactive power consumed level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive 1 Reac
177. elay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Power calculations have exceeded the limits of the E3 Plus model EC5 Improper parameter settings Relay is applied on a power system that is a too large to properly calculate Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation 4 Verify that Parameter 287 OPFLD Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Check power system Verify FLA setting Parameter 28 is within the range specified for the appropriate CT Ratio Parameter 78 Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable E3 Plus Model EC5 Only Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 221 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when troubleshooting DeviceNet related failures using the NETWORK STATUS LED Table 14 DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures Color Possible Cause Corrective Action None
178. en kVAR X Under Power kVA X Over Power kVA X Under PF Lagging x X Over PF Lagging X Under PF Leading X Over PF Leading X Power Overflow 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 Power Setup Group PW Trip Enable This parameter allows the installer to enable or disable power based trip functions separately Parameter Number 225 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex E1 01 1 Trip Group Power Setup 0 No Trlp Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 J1 Under Real Pwr Over Real Pwr Under Con kVAR x Over Con kVAR Under Gen kVAR Over Gen kVAR Under Power kVA Over Power kVA Under PF Lagging Over PF Lagging Under PF Leading Over PF Leading Power Overflow PW Warn Enable This parameter allows the installer to enable or disable power based warning functions separately Parameter Number 226 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex E2 01 1 Warning Group Power Setup 0 No Warning Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Under
179. ensor Power Cables Core Balanced Ground Figure 17 Power Cable Configuration Two Cables per Phase The spacer is a short piece of cable approximately ten times the cable diameter in length without connections to any terminal Figure 18 Ground Fault Sensor Wiring E3 Plus Overload Relay L1 L2 L3 Cat No 193 CBCT_ Core Balanced Ground Fault Sensor Q S1 n S2 OODO Oooo v S0SoSOSQ iw ECDC 12 3345 8 OG TAT p ee B Hu Ir II o TT i Motor 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 4 BW Control Wire Requirements Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 IMPORTANT The shield of the twisted pair cable must be connected to earth ground at the ground fault sensor with no connection made at the E3 Plus Overload Relay The maximum length of the shielded cable is 100 feet 30 48 meters Allcontrol terminals are for copper wire only in sizes 12 24 AWG Ring lug termination is required for the ground sensor terminals of 193 CBCT2 and larger The sensor fastener torque is 26 30 Ib in e The 193 CBCT1 wires should be twisted before termination by applying one twist per inch per 25 4 millimeters Tab
180. ent 6e cevset 2S00 HAS unr oniy for current raneta Range p Dependent places resolution This attribute exists Current 2 Spd FLA Set only for current ranetgs 179 Get Set Div 10 MINE that report 0 decimal Range ependent place resolution 178 Get Set CT Ratio USINT 50 5 5000 5 50 5 180 Get Set GF Warning Delay USINT 0 15 0 20 100 mA E GF Ssensing 1 100 500 mA 81 Get Set Range UINT 2 0 2 1 0 mA 3 1 0 5 0 MA The following attributes are used to support multiple current ranges This attribute exists Current 200 Get Set FLCSetTimes 10 UINT only for current ranges Range 2240 that report 2 decimal D ependent place resolution 119 Get Set FLCSetDiv10 UINT only for curent ranges ehde 2250 that report 0 decimal D g ependent place resolution This attribute exists Current 1920 Avg Current only for current ranges 2260 Get Times 10 MNT that report 2 decimal de place resolution P This attribute exists Current 1930 Get L1 Current Times UINT only for current ranges Range 2270 10 that report 2 decimal D g 3 ependent place resolution This attribute exists Current 1940 L2 Current Times only for current ranges 2280 Get 10 PINE that report 2 decimal Range P Dependent place resolution Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002l EN P December 2011 253 Appendix B DeviceNet Information DPI Fault Object CLASS CODE 0x0097 254 Table 120 Overload Object Instance Attributes Attribu
181. ent Reporting Summary with indicated precision FLA Setting Range CT Ratio Min Reporting Max Reporting A Current A Current A O 0 4 2 0 0 15 14 40 1 5 0 30 36 00 3 T5 0 90 108 00 5 525 1 50 180 00 9 45 3 0 360 0 18 90 6 0 720 0 9 45 50 5 3 360 18 90 100 5 6 720 28 140 150 5 9 1080 42 210 200 5 12 1440 60 302 300 5 18 2160 84 420 500 5 30 3600 125 630 600 5 36 4320 172 860 800 5 48 5760 240 1215 1200 5 72 8640 450 2250 2500 5 150 18000 1000 5000 5000 5 300 32767 0 A is reported when the actual current is below the indicated minimum reporting current The E3 is capable of reporting higher currents but reporting accuracy is compromised Reporting Accuracy Table 2 Current Reporting Accuracy FLA Setting Range Operating Range 10096 Min FLA Setting 720 Max FLA Setting 50 Min FLA Setting 100 Min FLA Setting 0 4 2 0A 10 All others 6 10 IMPORTANT The accuracy specified above is only applicable to non distorted sinusoidal currents Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Monitoring Parameters Chapter 6 Ground Fault Current Reporting Diagnostic Parameters Current Range The following chart illustrates the minimum and maximum reporting ground fault current values for a given ground fault current range
182. er 21 will go to 1 GF Warn Level Parameter 38 allows the installer to define the ground fault current at which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 1 0 5 0 A In Series C and later GF Warn Delay Parameter 105 allows the installer to define the time period adjustable from 0 0 25 0 s for which a ground fault condition must be present before a warning occurs IMPORTANT nE3 Plus Overload Relay Series A and B the ground fault warning function does not include a time delay feature Once the GF Inhibit Time has expired the ground fault warning indication is instantaneous Ground Fault Filter An E3 Plus Overload Relay with firmware revision 5 00 and higher has the capability to filter ground fault currents for High Resistance Grounded HRG systems from its current based protection trip and warning functions These filters include Thermal Overload Phase Imbalance Jam and Stall The Ground Fault Filter is useful for smaller sized motors that trip unexpectedly due to a controlled ground fault current that is significant relative to the current draw of the electric motor GF Filter Enable Parameter 131 allows the user to enable this filter This filter only disables the effects of the ground fault current from the current based motor protection trip and warning functions Current based diagnostic data will be reported unfiltered when this feature is enabled Rockwell Automation Publicati
183. er 274 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an Data Type zn under power factor lagging condition Object Mapping OFhex 112 01 must exist prior to the device tripping Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UPFLG Trip Level Parameter Number 275 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under power Data NDE SINT factor lagging trip level yP Object Mapping OFhex 113 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 0 Default Value 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 UPFLG Warn Level This parameter sets the under power factor lagging warning level Parameter Number 276 Access Rule Get Set Data Type SINT Object Mapping OFhex 114 01 Group Power Setup Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 0 Default Value 95 OPFLG Inhibit Time Parameter Number 277 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT time for which an over power factor lagging detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Object Mapping OFhex 115 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OPFLG Trip Delay Parameter Number 278 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to Data Type USINT
184. er kW has exceeded trip level 35 Under Con kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Consumed kVAR condition detected 36 Over Con kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Consumed kVAR condition detected 37 Under Gen kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Generated kVAR condition detected 38 Over Gen kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Generated kVAR condition detected 39 Under Power kVA Total Apparent Power VA or kVA or MVA is below trip level 40 Over Power kVA Total Apparent Power VA or kVA or MVA exceeded trip level 41 Under PF Lagging Under Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected 42 Over PF Lagging Over Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected 43 Under PF Leading Under Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected 44 Over PF Leading Over Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected 45 Power Overflow kW kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value TripHistory Mask This parameter allows the user to configure which current based protection features are written to the five record Trip History as outlined in the table below 1 Recorded 0 2 Not Recorded Parameter Number 142 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 8E 01 Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 1111111111111111 Default Value 1101111101111111 186 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Trip History and Snapsho
185. er selects the voltage system Access Rule Get Set that the relay is monitoring Data Type USINT Open Delta and Delta with PT is only valid Object Mapping russe for the 193 EC5ZZ 9 5000 A Group Voltage Setup Units 0 Delta 1 Wye 2 Open Delta 3 Delta with PT Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3 Default Value 0 V Trip Enable Parameter Number 158 This parameter allows the installer to Access Rule Get Set enable or disable voltage based trip Data Type UINT functions separately Object Mapping OFhex 9E 01 1 Trip Group Voltage Setup 0 No Trip Units Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0000000000111111 Default Value 0000000000000000 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 151 Chapter 7 152 Voltage Parameters Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 B R2 Function Voltage Hardware Fault Under Volt L L Over Volt L L Voltage Unbalance Phase Rotation Under Frequency Over Frequency V Warn Enable Parameter Number 159 This parameter allows the installer to Access Rule Get Set enable or disable voltage based warning Data Type UINT functions separately Object Mapping OFhex 9F 01 12 Warning Group Voltage Setup 0 No Warning UE HE Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0000000000111111 Default Value 00
186. ere dux tias 56 Sea T A EE E E E T E SEDER Pr mee 56 Jam Protection High Ovesload s cate net ure enm 57 Jam T EDS ears 2 teh ai sk outta oe talk oe ede a dards 57 Ja WW TURNS casita alice what eh Seius d i e A ex drescer deat ENSIS 58 Underload Protection ee ne a en aon ee ee ee 58 Dnderload Trip ocv suada da a cl oun eine dade Berke ac 58 Underload Warning s soveressaembe no pese pev vpn e Sa de a RP 59 POT botched Sead oes ake pelis vau ote LEd 61 DIS V Amine sentarse tedio t blu ebbe co eri 62 Current Imbalance Protection ici toc verge ere tac ve x 62 Current Imbalance Lipid ed e e detectado 62 Current Imbalance Warning eed resa ren erret nm na 63 Communication Fault Protection 2 22 d v RR RA E RE nee 64 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Comm Fault Trip cv nodu swa qd academe aaa aad ase ewer 64 Comm Fault Warning qu eeex xi emt el ania neu er E CORE vem DARE 65 Communication Idle Protection 2 2222 ree xu aho tee 65 Comm Idle Trip uestes Ire eed iR TTE TS 65 Comm Idle NY Ai BGG scent a sedate woh aerae eae ema dla tu depen 66 Remote Trip oues Uc delete ola catenins ude A Mala 66 Voltage Protection serin cgo vere RR oo P RARE EP UKEEYR UEM PR 67 Under Voltage UV upuassoes a tome un yiseedto dees ees 67 Under Voltage UV Warningests lass hive ee tea Gere 68 Over Voltage OV Top ain ice csr ceterds ite e mee e 68 Over Voltage OV Warning ii e t De eee RE YS 69 Voltage UnbalancePto
187. ers Table 40 Single Three Phase amp FLA Setting Parameters Detail SINGLE THREE PH This parameter allows the installer to configure the E3 for single phase or three phase mode When set to single phase mode the E3 will report L3 monitoring parameters as 0 and only use L1 and 2 to calculate Average Imbalance and total monitoring parameters Parameter Number 2 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping VITE Group Overload Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Single Phase Maximum Value 1 Three Phase Default Value FLA SETTING The motor full load current rating is programmed in this parameter Refer to Chapter 3 for instructions related to service factor maximum continuous rated MCR motors and wye delta star delta applications This parameter is used to program the low speed FLA value of a two speed motor Parameter Number 28 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2rec 1 225 T Dye 122A Group Overload Setup Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 41 Maximum Value See Table 41 Table 41 FLA Setting Ranges amp Default Values with indicated setting precision FLA Current Range A Min Max Default Value CT Ratio Selection O 0 040 2 00 0 040 1 00 5 00 1 00 3 00 15 00 3 00 5 00 25
188. ete Type l listing of available assemblies Object Mapping 0xB4 1 17 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 107 Default Value 100 ASSY WORDO PARAM Parameter Number 61 Get Set Access Rule This parameter assigns the parameter value to be placed in Word 0 of Input Data Type USINT Assembly 100 Object Mapping OxB4 1 7 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value ASSY WORD1 PARAM Parameter Number Get Set Access Rule This parameter assigns the parameter value to be placed in Word 1 of Input Data Type USINT Assembly 100 Object Mapping 0xB4 1 8 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 125 Chapter 5 126 Programmable Parameters ASSY WORD2 PARAM This parameter assigns the parameter value to be placed in Word 2 of Input Assembly 100 ASSY WORD3 PARAM This parameter assigns the parameter value to be placed in Word 3 of Input Assembly 100 Parameter Number 63 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping OxB4 1 9 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 3020 Default Value 2 Parameter Number 64 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping 0xB4 1 10 Group
189. eter 15 Warning Status will set to 1 and bit 1 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 If a communication fault occurs and either Comm Fault Trip is not enabled or the Pr FltState parameters are set to Ignore the Network Status LED will blink red or become solid red and outputs will be placed in their Comm Fault When a programmable controller is placed into the program mode the execution of its ladder program is suspended and any connected networks go to an idle state If inadvertent this can result in the loss of application control and or critical process diagnostic data Rapid communication idle detection helps minimize the potential damage due to uncontrolled or unmonitored applications Comm Idle Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Comm Idle indication if notrip currently exists Comm Idle protection is enabled and the network controller that the E3 Overload Relay is communicating to is placed to program mode If the relay trips on a Comm Idle the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 11 blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 65 Chapter 3 66 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions e bit 10 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT
190. eter sets the under real power kW warning level Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex F4 01 Group Power Setup Units kW Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value OW Inhibit Time Parameter Number 245 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of time for which an over real power kW Data Type USINT detection is inhibited during a motor Object Mapping OFhex F5 01 starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 OW Trip Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an over real power kW condition must exist prior to the device tripping Parameter Number 246 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex F6 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OW Trip Level Parameter Number 247 Access Rule Get Set Tee sets the over real power Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex F7 01 Group Power Setup Units kW Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value OW Warn Level Parameter Number 248 i Access Rule Get Set UN pania A the over real power Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex F8 01 Group Power Setup Units kW Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Defa
191. fault Value Table 49 Phase Loss Parameters Detail PL INHIBIT TIME This parameter defines the amount of time for which phase loss detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping ZUR Te Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value PL TRIP DELAY This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which a phase loss condition must exist prior to the device tripping Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping TOEA Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 1 0 115 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters Table 50 Ground Fault Parameters Detail GF INHIBIT TIME E3 Plus Parameter Number 35 Access Rule Get Set Ti ec rec re E UNT inhibited during a motor starting sequence Object Mapping 2Chex 1 135 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 GF TRIP DELAY E3 Plus Parameter Number 36 Access Rule Get Set This pam glows te etal os E USI fault condition must exist at t
192. for all E3 Overload Relay units are available at www rockwellautomation com resources eds The EDS files may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since all of the information necessary for an EDS file may be extracted from the E3 Overload Relay IMPORTANT Devicelogix capability is not available when uploading the EDS from an E3 Plus Overload Relay The EDS file must be obtained from the internet Since the E3 Overload Relay is available in a variety of current ranges each model supports a parameter set that is slightly different in terms of min max and default values for parameters that are related to motor current Therefore each model uses an EDS file specific to that model Configuration tools use product codes to identify which EDS file to use for a given device The following table summarizes the various product codes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 231 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 72 EDS File Product Codes Product Ground Current Voltage amp of Inputs Code Name String Fault Monitoring Power Outputs DeviceLogix 3 E3 1 5 A None No No 2 1 0 4 E3 Plus 1 5 A nternal 4 2 Yes 5 E3 3 15 A one 2 No 6 E3 Plus 3 15 A Internal 4 2 Yes 7 E3 5 25 A one 2 No 8 E3 Plus 5 25 A In
193. g 2Cr 1 141 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value JAM TRIP DELAY This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which a jam condition must exist at the programmed level prior to the device tripping Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping mee A Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value JAM TRIP LEVEL This parameter sets the jam trip level Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping ZOE Group Advanced Setup Units FLA Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 JAM WARN LEVEL This parameter sets the jam warning level Programmable Parameters Parameter Number Chapter 5 44 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2Co 1 144 Group Advanced Setup Units FLA Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Table 54 Underload Parameters Detail UL INHIBIT TIME Parameter Number 45 l Access Rule Get Set forwhich underload detection is inhibited Sta WBE US during a motor star
194. g DeviceLogix 208 4 Using the left mouse button select the Bit Input block D and drag it to the left of the BOR function block Double click on the Bit Input block to select Input 1 of the E3 Plus under the Hardware Boolean Input set EP Function Block Editor LJ Input 1 Mlo H Bog Name DataType Hardware Boolean Input Boolean Or BOOLEAN Int Out Input 2 BOOLEAN ina Input 3 BOOLEAN H Input 4 BOOLEAN din Status Input miii pp ipia cipis ipis ip niit Pei ipie ERR Network Boolean Input i ga _ 0d 5 Place the cursor on the right of the Bit Input block and press the left mouse button Draw a line from the Bit Input block to the In1 of the BOR function block and double click the left mouse button to establish a connection Function Block Editor file Edit View Communications Tools Help ll SPReIPIQAA d pal mam BOR sxoR awor uso swor same sero ss gt t ES ge X TimeriCounter Move Logical p mg 73 Boolean Or 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add Input 2 of the E3 Plus to In2 of the BOR function block E Function Block Editor Fi e Edit View Communications Tools Help amp amp Pe r Q Q B al pal zaw BoR sxon BNT mua Biror zenon sem ssm t i52 X Timerounfer MoveiLogical B Input Boolean Or mpuz 759 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December
195. ge indication if e no trip currently exists OV Protection is enabled OV Inhibit Time has expired and Average Voltage L L is equal to or greater than OV Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OV Trip Delay When the over voltage trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 1 long and 3 short blink pattern e bit 2 in Parameter 160 V Trip Status will set to 1 bit 0 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OV Inhibit Time Parameter 219 allows the installer to inhibit an over voltage trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OV Trip Delay Parameter 220 allows the installer to define the time period an over voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Voltage Unbalance Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 OV Trip Level Parameter 221 allows the installer to define the average L L voltage in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 65535 V Over Voltage 0V Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over voltage warning condition if nowarning currently exists OV Warning is enabled OV Inhibit
196. gh L1 and L2 only See Table 41 and program the FLA setting within the range specified Remote Trip 1 Contact closure of remote sensor e g vibration switch Take corrective action to address the issue that caused the sensor to actuate Check sensor for proper operation Check wiring PM Starts 1 Parameter 96 Starts Counter is equal to or greater than the Set parameter 104 Clear Queue to reset parameter 96 Starts warning value set in parameter 101 PM Starts Counter PM Oper 1 Parameter 95 Elapsed Time is equal to or greater than the Set parameter 104 Clear Queue to reset parameter 95 Elapsed Time Hours value set in parameter 102 PM Oper Hours warning Blocked 1 The number of starts count within the past hour period equals 1 Check parameter 98 Time to Start and wait that amount of time or Start Start Inhibit o the value set in the parameter 99 Starts Hour 2 The time expired since the most recent start is less than the value set in the parameter 100 Starts Interval change the configuration to allow more starts hour 2 Check parameter 98 Time to Start and wait that amount of time or change the configuration to shorten the interval between starts Voltage Input Module Hardware Fault 1 The Voltage Input Module is not properly communicating to the E3 Plus relay Checkthe ribbon cable that connects Voltage Input Module to the E3 Plus relay If the c
197. gs Table 124 EC1 EC2 EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes Fault Text and Fault Help Strings Fault FautText HelpText Code 0 No Fault No Fault Conditions Detected 1 Test Trip Test trip caused by holding the Test Rest button for 2 seconds 2 Overload Motor current overload condition 3 Phase Loss Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases 4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Stall Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 255 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 124 EC1 EC2 EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes Fault Text and Fault Help Strings Fault Fault Text Help Text Code 6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8 PTC PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated 9 Current Imbal Phase to phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected 11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected 12 NonVol Mem Internal memory failure Contact the factory 13 Hardware Fault Hardware configuration fault Check for shorts on input terminal 14 Fault 14 15 Remote Trip Remote trip command detected 16 Blocked Start Maximum starts per hour exceeded 17 Eu Hdw A problem w
198. han 80 Hz however the accuracy of the value may be compromised The following chart illustrates the reported power parameters based on the chosen voltage mode Parameters that do not have an X will report 0 Table 6 Power Reporting Summary Parameter Name Single Phase Delta Wye Open Delta Delta with PT L1 Real Power kW X X L2 Real Power kW X X L3 Real Power kW X Total Real Power kW X X X X L1 Reactive Power kVAR X X L2 Reactive Power kVAR X X L3 Reactive Power kVAR X Total Reactive Power kVAR X X X X L1 Apparent Power kVA X X L2 Apparent Power kVA X X L3 Apparent Power kVA X Total Apparent Power kVA X X X X X L1 Power Factor PF X X L2 Power Factor PF X X L3 Power Factor PF X Total Power Factor PF X X X X kWh X X X kVARh Consumed X X X X kVARh Generated X X X 160 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 Power Monitor Group Table 6 Power Reporting Summary Parameter Name Single Phase Delta Wye Open Delta Delta with PT kVARh Net X X X X kVAh X X X X X kW Demand X X X X Max kW Demand X X X X kVAR Demand X X X X Max kVAR Demand X X X X kVA Demand X X X X X Max kVA Demand X X X X X Q
199. he Object Mapping 2051 136 programmed level prior to the device Group Advanced Setup tripping Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 0 5 GF TRIP LEVEL E3 Plus Parameter Number 37 Access Rule Get Set His paramet sets the ground fault trip Data Type USINT Object Mapping AG ley Group Advanced Setup Units Amps Minimum Value 0 02 Maximum Value 5 0 Default Value 2 5 GF WARN LEVEL E3 Plus Parameter Number 38 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the ground fault Data Type USINT warning level E z Object Mapping 0xB4 1 1 E3 2Chex 1 138 E3 Plus Group Advanced Setup Units Amps Minimum Value 0 02 Maximum Value 5 0 Default Value 2 0 GF TRIP INHIBIT E3 Plus Parameter Number 89 Access Rule Get Set paame leshe MEM Po when the ground fault current exceeds the Object Mapping maximum range of the core balance sensor Group Advanced Setup approximately 10 A NOTE This feature is only available in Units 2 Series B and later devices Minimum Value 0 Disabled Maximum Value 1 Enabled Default Value 0 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 GF SENSING RANGE E3 Plus Series C and later This parameter selects one of the Ground Fault Sensing Ranges 20 100 mA 9 100 500 mA 200 mA 1 0A 1 0 5 0A GF WARN DELAY E3 Plus Series C and later This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which a ground fault condition must exist
200. he equipment ground conductor the conductor used to carry the non current carrying metal parts of equipment as defined by Article 100 of the NEC must not pass through the sensor window The power cables through the sensor window should be straight tightly bundled centered in the window and perpendicular to the sensor for a length equal to or greater than six times the cable diameter including insulation from the sensor All other conductors with available fault currents in excess of 1 000 A should be placed a distance equal to or greater than six times the cable diameter including insulation from the sensor The power cables of the branch circuit to be protected by the E3 Plus Overload Relay must not be grounded on the load side of the ground fault sensor Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 37 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Ifthe power cables are enclosed in a conducting jacket the jacket must be grounded on the line side of the sensor The jacket must not pass through the sensor window but must be cut at the window and joined with a conductor that passes outside the sensor window The power system may be solidly grounded or grounded through an impedance at its source as long as the impedance allows a magnitude of current to flow that is within the 20 mA 5 A operational range of the E3 Plus Overload Relay Figure 16 Core Balanced Ground Fault Sensor Mounting Placement Fault S
201. hould be requested to make a visual inspection of the equipment Remove all packing material from around the E3 Overload Relay After unpacking check the item s nameplate catalog number against the purchase order The E3 Overload Relay should remain in its shipping container prior to installation If the equipment is not to be used for a period of time it must be stored according to the following instructions in order to maintain warranty coverage e Store ina clean dry location Store within an ambient temperature range of 40 C 85 C 40 F 4185 F Store within a relative humidity range of 0 95 non condensing Do not store where the device could be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere Do not store in a construction area Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 17 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring General Prec autions In addition to the specific precautions listed throughout this manual the following general statements must be observed ATTENTION The E3 Overload Relay contains electrostatic discharge ESD sensitive parts and assemblies Status control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures refer to Allen Bradley publication 8000 sb001_ en p Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage or any other ap
202. hree Ph Parameter 27 should be set to single phase IMPORTANT Traditional single phase wiring connecting T2 to L3 will result in a vector imbalance of current flowing through the E3 Plus Overload Relay This will result in inaccurate ground fault reporting and protection The following wiring diagram illustrates the E3 Overload Relay typical motor connections in a three phase DOL and Single Phase Full Voltage applications Figure 13 Wiring Diagram Three Phase DOL amp Single Phase Full Voltage Three Phase Direct On Line Single Phase Full Voltage S C P D L1 L2 Voltage Input Module For 193 592 EC5 only 193 EC ZZ E3 and E3 Plus Overload Relays are designed for use with separately mounted customer supplied line current transformers CTs as required in higher current applications The FLA setting range is 9 5000 A for these units with a legal setting range per current transformer CT Ratio Parameter 78 is provided for setting the current transformer ratio to be installed Specifications The 193 EC_ZZ Overload Relays are intended for use with CTs having a secondary current rating of 5 A The installer shall 1 provide one CT for each motor phase and shall 2 connect the CT s secondary leads to the appropriate E3 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Overload Relay power term
203. iagnostic Parameters ss rererere esata eae pias aver ad EERE 137 Monitor Group Semara ci storage dec te or baa dtd Seat ated eoa cud atin 138 IHtrod CcHOR c 7s san buchen A RRARAERNIS MER E teased ese E Ro ates 147 Phase Voltage Reporting euseescesiaerek Pees ee och REEeEPD dha 147 6 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Voltage Range ence csaculvshcew quad shat te echsant eed cornu 147 V oltabe ACCHPACY oosyes tres emer PERIERE VESTRI S ee RAS 148 Voltage Monitor GTOUD oo s ceste e pues NR EXER IR dad s e 148 Voltage Setup GEIOUD deae vu eam e PX AR NR ERN UNE GREEN ANUS 151 Power Parameters Introduction os ngs Tu E alee RRR Ea 159 Phase Power Reporting aod 1 sextore dite Roninrog dde ituri pep rts 159 Power Ranges eir eoi DEED d ritiho E au ct ei ior d Rad 159 Power ACourdey eo pooper a peau nen eters ED S EE 161 Power Monitor Group scien sisss So iR ET E EA Aca aa WE T eae 161 Power Setup Groupe oc vereor meme deem e len e Rt ea ends 171 Trip History and Snapshot Trip and Warning EIStolyscesseticence ine hene rete xe tie seks 183 TripWarn History GrtOups eiue oorr savas PXR EE RR teens 183 Trip Snapshot is fos V vaeste t UH T ECHO ERR S DEER eens 189 Trip Snapshot GFOBDUG ad ottica attt bitte ur M nanan 190 Logic Controller Tir eochuct loas coe otee qu adio t ar Lee one tacita pu peus 193 Communication Examples AO MESSIS osn eee whe derdeesd ue esp u VP b ESAE EE 193 Explicit Messaging 5 5 eset
204. ic device recovery ADR function of the DeviceNet scanner ensure that the device configuration is as you intend it before saving to memory e Be aware that the Restore Device Defaults button in RSNetWorx will reset the E3 Overload Relay s node address setting to 63 For Series B and later devices the hardware node address switches take precedence over the software node address setting E3 Overload Relays are shipped with a default software node address MAC ID setting of 63 and the data rate set to Autobaud Each device on a DeviceNet network must have a unique node address which can be set to a value from 0 to 63 Keep in mind that most DeviceNet systems use address 0 for the master device Scanner and node address 63 should be left vacant for introduction of new slave devices The node address and data rate for Series B and later E3 Overload Relays can be changed using software or by setting the hardware switches that reside on the front of each unit While both methods yield the same result it is a good practice to choose one method and deploy it throughout the system Setting the Hardware Switches Series B amp Later Use the following steps to commission the card 1 Set the node address switches Use the table below to assist you Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 95 Chapter4 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Table 24 Node Address Settings Determined By the switch values when set
205. ife ofan electric motor Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 137 Chapter6 Monitoring Parameters Monitor Group 138 L1 CURRENT This parameter provides the L1 phase current measurement in amperes L2 CURRENT This parameter provides the L2 phase current measurement in amperes L3 CURRENT This parameter provides the L3 phase current measurement in amperes AVERAGE CURRENT This parameter provides the average current measurement in amperes L196FLA This parameter provides the L1 phase current measurement as a percentage of the motor s full load current rating Parameter 28 FLA Setting Parameter Number 1 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 231 Hrer lE 2Chex 1 227 Group Monitor Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 1 Maximum Value See Table 1 Default Value Parameter Number None 2 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 232 2 1 9 2Chex 1 228 Group Monitor Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 1 Maximum Value See Table 1 Default Value Parameter Number None 3 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 233 2Chex1 10 2Chex 1 229 Group Monitor Units Amps Minimum Value See Table 1 Maximum Value See Table 1 Default Value P
206. ile Faults 8 Setting Parameter 26 Trip Reset to a value of 1 trip reset IMPORTANT An overload trip cannot be reset until the value of Parameter 9 Therm Utilized is below the value set in Parameter 31 OL Reset Level IMPORTANT A PTC trip cannot be reset until the motor has cooled sufficiently for the resistance of the PTC detector to drop below the E3 Plus Overload Relay s PTC Reset Resistance level The following table lists the possible causes for each trip type and the recommended action to take Table 10 Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures Corrective Action Test Trip Operation of the Test Reset button 1 Operate the Test Reset button to clear the trip Overload Motor overloaded 1 Check and correct source of overload load mechanical transmission components motor bearings Improper parameter settings 2 Set parameter values to match the motor and application requirements Phase Loss Missing supply phase 1 Check for open line i e blown fuse Poor electrical connection 2 Contactor operation 4 Improper parameter setting Check all power terminations from the branch circuit protecting device down to the motor for proper tightness Ensure that the overload connection to the contactor is secure Inspect contactor for proper operation Single phase applications require that Parameter 27 Single Three Ph is set to single phase Ground Fault Power
207. ime this Periodic Task executes Fle Edt Vew Sead Loge Communicators Took Window Heb alsiaj ei ele lt gt ror z eximit viv i fem fus LL Pam 28 ETR SE EBON Bahr e HoFoce p amp Cordoa OK En pU Bates CK Notas amp nw Y neu mijja ah j ED ana En Cg Mode Defined C3 fre The Device Status is located in Parameter 21 within the E3 Plus Overload Relay Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read Parameter 21 using the Control Supervisor Object Class by configuring the following fields Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 197 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Type CIP Generic Service Type Get Attribute Single Service Code OxOE hex Class 0x29 hex nstance 0x01 hex e Attribute 0x79 hex Destination Integer Files 1 Message Configuration Explicit MSG DeviceStatus CIA Configuration Communication Tag Message Type eee Get Attribute Single x Source Element Source Length fO Bytes Service Code Hen Class 28 He Destination Integer Fiesi v Instance 1 Attribute 79 Hex New Tag Enable Enable Waiting Q Start Done Done Lenath 2 Error Code Extended Error Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text Cancel Next set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Rel
208. in this range the software setting using the RSNetWorx for DeviceNet configuration tool Node Address Node Address Switches Setting 0 63 8 2 MSD 64 99 99 6 4 8 2 LSD 6 4 99 is the default factory setting IMPORTANT Resetting an E3 Overload Relay to factory default values will also effect the node address setting for node address switch settings of 64 to 99 2 For node address switch values in the range of 0 to 63 cycle power to the E3 Overload Relay to initialize the new setting Using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet Follow these additional steps for node address switch settings in the range of 64 99 To begin the configuration of an E3 Overload Relay using software execute the RSNetWorx software and complete the following procedure You must use RSNetWorx Revision 3 21 Service Pack 2 or later Recognizing the E3 Overload Relay Online 1 Launch the RSNetWorx software then select Online from the Network drop down menu 2 EE ee appropriate DeviceNet PC interface then click OK DeviceNet drivers must be configured using RSLinx prior to being available to RSNetWorx 3 If the RSNetWorx software gives notification to upload or download devices before viewing configuration click OK to upload or download these devices RSNetWorx now browses the network and displays all of the nodes it has detected on the network For some versions of RSNetWorx software the E3 Overload Relay Series B and Later
209. inals as shown in Figure 14 on page 36 The CTs shall have an appropriate ratio rating as detailed in Table 18 Additionally the CT shall be selected to be capable of providing the required VA to the secondary load which includes the E3 Overload Relay burden of 0 1 VA at the rated secondary current and the wiring burden Finally the CT shall 1 be rated for Protective Relaying to accommodate the high inrush currents associated with motor startup and shall 2 have an accuracy of lt 2 over its normal operating range Typical CT ratings include e ANSI USA e Class C5 BO 1 e CSA Canada e Class 10L5 EC Europe e 5 VA Class SP10 ATTENTION The improper selection of a current transformer can result IN in the E3 Overload Relay reporting inaccurate motor operational data and possible motor damage The selected current transformer must be rated for protective relaying applications Installation Requirements The 193 EC ZZ Overload Relays are designed to be installed in193 ECPM2 Panel Mount Adapters and connected to separately mounted current transformers For 193 ECPM2 Panel Mount Adapter assembly refer to the instructions included with the panel mount adapter ATTENTION Placing the E3 Overload Relay closer than the A recommended distance six times the cable diameter including insulation may compromise its current reporting and protection capabilities The E3 Overload Relay must be mounted a distance equal to or grea
210. ion Manual Publication 1771 6 5 118 For MicroLogix CompactLogic and 1769 ADN information Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 9 Preface DeviceNet Module Installation Instructions Publication 1769 IN001B EN P DeviceNet Module User Manual Publication 1769 UM001B EN P For ControlLogic and 1756 DNB information DeviceNet Module Installation Instructions Publication 1756 IN566C EN P DeviceNet Module User Manual Publication DNET UM004A EN P To install and implement a DeviceNet network DeviceNet Media Design and Installation Guide Publication DNET UMO072 EN P IMPORTANT Read the DeviceNet Media Design and Installation Guide Publication DNET UM072_ EN P in its entirety before planning and installing a DeviceNet system If the network is not installed according to this document unexpected operation and intermittent failures can occur If this manual is not available please contact either the local Rockwell Automation Distributor or Sales Office and request a copy Electronic copies may also be obtained via the Internet or from the Allen Bradley Home Page at www ab com 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 1 Product Overview Introduction This chapter provides a brief overview of the features and functionality of the E3 Overload Relay Description The E3 Overload Relay is a multi function solid state microprocessor based electronic over
211. ions The FLA Setting ranges and default values for the various E3 Overload Relays can be found in Chapter 5 Programmable Parameters Below are setting guidelines regarding service factor maximum continuous rated MCR motors and wye delta star delta motors USA amp Canada Guidelines Motor Service Factor gt 1 15 For motors with a service factor rating of 1 15 or greater program the FLA setting to the printed nameplate s full load current rating Motor Service Factor 1 15 For motors with a service factor rating less than 1 15 program the FLA setting to 90 of the printed nameplate s full load current rating Wye Delta Y A Applications Follow the applications service factor instructions except divide the printed nameplate s full load current rating by 1 73 Outside USA amp Canada Guidelines Maximum Continuous Rated MCR Motors Program the FLA setting to the printed nameplate s full load current rating Star Delta Y A Applications Follow the MCR instructions except divide the printed nameplate s full load current rating by 1 73 46 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 CT Ratio Devices with the FLA setting range of 9 5000 A Cat No 193 EC_ZZ are intended for use with primary current transformers CT Ratio Parameter 78 allows the installer to identify the turns ratio of the transformers s in use Each CT Ra
212. ious devices including the E3 Plus and store this information to the following memory locations within the CompactLogix L32E as shown Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 193 Chapter 10 194 Logic Controller Communication Examples 1769 SDN Scanner Module j X 25 1769 SDN Scanner Module General Module Scanlist Input Output ADR Summary Node Typ Size Map toMa 602 E1 Poled 6 1 l Data 2 0 S 02 E1 Poled 1 06 3 Poled 8 1 1 Data 0 0 E 05 E3 Polled 1 0 Data 0 0 EJo3 82 Poled 2 1 l Data 3 16 E o3 825 Polled 1 0 Data 0 18 gt Options Memory Discrete v Stat DWord 0 Bits 31 0 1 Dataf I5 E3 EC3 1 54 1 0 Datal0 11 DataflT 06 E3 EC3 1 54 1 0 Dataf1l 1 1 Dataf21 02 E1 Plus Overload Relay 1 0 Dataf2 1 1 Dataf3 09 825 PDN 02 E1 Plus Overload A 1 0 Datal3 3 Dataf4 1 0 Datal4 Datas 1 0 Datal5 4 1 Datal 1 0 DatafBl 1 Dataf 1 0 Datal7 1 Dataf8T 1 0 Datal8l Cancel Apply Help Cancel Apply To have the CompactLogix controller energize OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using I O Messaging set Bit 0 in Word 1 O Data 0 toa 1 OUT A should be energized Controller Tags DeviceNet controller Scope fl DeviceNet X Show Show All Force Mask e F Explicit MSG DeviceStatus CIA 11 15 MESSAGE Explicit MSG DeviceStatus
213. ip caused by holding the Test Rest button for 2 seconds 2 Overload Motor current overload condition 3 Phase Loss Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases 4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Stall Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time 6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8 PTC PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated 9 Current Imbal Phase to phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected 11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected 12 NonVol Mem Internal memory failure Contact the factory 13 Hardware Fault Hardware configuration fault Check for shorts on input terminal 15 Remote Trip Remote trip command detected 16 Blocked Start Maximum starts per hour exceeded 17 Voltage Hdw Fit A problem with the external voltage hardware has been detected 18 Under Volt L L Line to Line Under Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L L Line to Line Over Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated 22 Under Frequency Line voltage frequency is below trip level 23 Over Frequency Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level 33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power kW is below trip level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Pow
214. is equal to or greater than the GF Trip Level for a time period greater than the GF Trip Delay If the E3 Plus Overload Relay trips on a ground fault the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 4 blink pattern bit 3 in Parameter 14 Trip Status will set to 1 bit 0 of Parameter 21 Device Status will set to 1 trip relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e QUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 GF Inhibit Time Parameter 35 allows the installer to inhibit a ground fault trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds GF Trip Delay Parameter 36 allows the installer to define the time period a ground fault condition must be present before a trip occurs and is adjustable from 0 0 25 0 seconds Parameter 37 GF Trip Level allows the installer to define the ground fault current at which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip and is adjustable from 1 0 5 0 A Catalog Number 193 592 EC2__ e 20 0 mA 5 0 A Catalog Number 193 592 EC3 amp 193 592 EC5 IMPORTANT The ground fault inhibit timer starts after the maximum phase load current transitions from 0 A to 30 of the device s minimum FLA Setting or the GF Current is greater than or equal to 5096 of the de
215. ist 2 Get Member List Array of STRUCT Array of CIP paths Member Data UINT Size of Member Data in bits Description Member Path Size UINT Size of Member Path in bytes Member Path Packed EPATH See Appendix A for Member EPATHs for each assembly instance 3 Conditional Data Array of BYTE 4 Get Size UINT Number of bytes in attribute 3 100 Get Name String STRING The following services will be implemented for the Assembly Object Table 83 Assembly Object Services Servi Implemented for Service Name ervice Code Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set Attribute Single The following assembly object instances are implemented Note that most of these assembly object instances are part of the motor control hierarchy of the DeviceNet specification Other vendor specific assembly object instances have been added to allow the monitoring of the auxiliary inputs etc Table 84 Assembly Object Instance 2 Data Format TRIP RESET COMMAND Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit 3 Bit2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Fault Reset The following assemblies are similar to those found in the Motor Starter Profile The only difference is that OutA and OutB map to Discrete Output Points instead of the Control Supervisor The instance numbers are 100 plus the number assigned in corresponding assemblies in the Motor Starter Profile Table 85 Assembly Object Instance 101 Data Format OUT A CMD Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit
216. itValue Dn IdiState and Dn IdlValue programmable parameters The Pr FltState and Pr Fit Value parameters supersede the Dn Flt or Dn Idle parameters OUT A or OUT B Output A or Output B does not appear to turn off open when commanded to do so Check the OUTA and OUTB status LED s If the appropriate LED remains illuminated check the programmable controller ladder logic and I O mapping If the appropriate Output LED is not illuminated remove the control circuit power and check for continuity across the appropriate output terminals 13 14 for OUTA 23 24 for OUTB If the continuity test indicates the output is closed replace the E3 Overload Relay Check the supply voltage against the ratings of the contactor and the relay output before installing a new unit Remove control circuit power and check the control circuit fuse and the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay output terminals Check the OUTA and OUTB Pr FitState Pr FltValue Dn FltState Dn FitValue Dn IdlState and Dn IdiValue programmable parameters Then check the TRIP WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters If a Protection Fault exists refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure If a DeviceNet related fault exists refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure OUT A or OUT B The contactor connected to Output A or Output B appears to chatter Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO0
217. ith the external voltage hardware has been detected 18 Under Volt L L Line to Line Under Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L L Line to Line Over Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated Under 22 Frequency Line voltage frequency is below trip level 23 Over Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level Frequency 24 Fault 24 25 Fault 25 26 Fault 26 27 Fault 27 28 Fault 28 29 Fault 29 30 Fault 30 31 Fault 31 32 Fault 32 33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power kW is below trip level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Power kW has exceeded trip level 35 un Con Under Total Reactive Power Consumed kVAR condition detected 36 Over Con kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Consumed kVAR condition detected 37 pes Gen Under Total Reactive Power Generated kVAR condition detected 38 Over Gen kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Generated kVAR condition detected 39 a Power Total Apparent Power VA or kVA or MVA is below trip level 40 d Rower Total Apparent Power VA or kVA or MVA exceeded trip level 41 onder PF Under Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected agging 256 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 124 EC1 EC2 EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes Fault Text and Fault Help Strings Fault Fault Text Help Text
218. l real energy kWh Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kWh parameters Represents 000 000 XXX 000 Parameter Number 191 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex BF 01 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kWh 10E 3 Parameter Number 192 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total real energy kWh Multiply this Data Type Je Object Mapping OFhex C0 01 value by 10 and add to the other kWh parameters Represents 000 000 000 XXX Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Con 10E6 Parameter Number 193 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy consumed kVARh Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex C1 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh consumed parameters Group Power Monitor Represents XXX 000 000 000 Units Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value kVARh Con 10E3 Parameter Number 194 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy consumed kVARh Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex C2 01 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh consumed parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 XXX 000 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 9
219. le 17 Control Wire Specifications Max Current A 45 90 180 420 Hz 50 60 Turns Ratio 1000 1 Sensor Max Cat No NEMA Window Recommended 100 CO9 IEC Contactor I D Cable Size 600V Contactor Size 19 1mm 8 AWG C37 00 2 75in 10mm 9 2 AWG C85 00 3 350 mm 250 MCM D180 00 4 120 mm 350 MCM D240 00 5 185 mm Q fora three phase system with one cable per phase O Fora three phase system with two cables per phase Approximate Dimensions Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters inches Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 39 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Figure 19 193 CBCT1 12 7 50 508 63 5 2 00 250 Y j t 12 16 Figure 20 193 CBCT2 amp 193 CBCT3 11 8 k E 47 A gt le 445 yl K C 132 1 75 63 A EDE i Lr OD 5 3 f 21 Figure 21 193 CBCT4 146 8 5 78 744 11 8 293 47 kos 56 2 82 6 E 2 21 3 25 1
220. ller ladder logic and I O mapping Check the programming of Parameter 77 IN1 Trip Reset 9 Checkthe supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector Ifthe applicable contact closes but the E3 Overload Relay Input does not recognize the closure check the continuity and wiring to the connected contact Check the state of the inputs by monitoring bits 10 and 11 of Parameter 21 Device Status using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or a 193 DNCT DeviceNet Configuration Terminal If the appropriate bit is not set measure the voltage across and current through the applicable input Verify that they are within the ratings of the E3 Overload Relay See Appendix A If the appropriate input status is not reported properly over the DeviceNet network check the programmable controller ladder logic and I O mapping Check the TRIP WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters If a Protection Fault exists refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure If a DeviceNet related fault exists refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure Press the Test Reset button on the E3 Overload Relay The trip relay should open and the TRIP WARN LED should exhibit a single red flash code Remove the control circuit power and measure the impedance across terminals 95 and 96 to verify the trip relay contacts are open Press the Test Reset button again The unit should reset and the trip relay contacts should close Me
221. llustrate the E3 Overload Relay s time current characteristics for trip classes 5 10 20 and 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 47 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Figure 30 Time Current Characteristics for Trip Classes 5 10 20 amp 30 Trip Class 10 Cold Trip Hot Trip 1000 Time seconds 1 100 10000 1000 100 Time seconds 10 100 Trip Class 5 Current FLA Trip Class 20 Current FLA 1000 1000 Time seconds 1000 100 10000 1000 100 Time seconds 1 100 Current FLA 1000 Trip Class 30 Current FLA 1000 For trip class time current characteristics other than 5 10 20 or 30 scale the Class 10 trip time according to the following table Table 19 Time Current Characteristic Scaling Factors Trip Class Trip Class Trip Class Trip Class 10 Multiplier Trip Class 10 Multiplier Trip Class 10 Multiplier 5 0 5 14 14 23 2 3 6 0 6 1 5 24 24 7 0 7 16 1 6 25 2 5 8 0 8 17 1 7 26 2 6 9 0 9 18 1 8 27 2 7 10 1 0 19 1 9 28 28 11 1 1 20 2 0 29 2 9 12 1 2 21 2 1 30 3 0 13 1 3 22 22 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Auto Manual Reset OL PTC ResetMode Parameter 30 allows the user to select the reset mode for the E3 Overload Relay
222. load Relay will report the time remaining until the device can be reset through Time to Reset Parameter 13 Once the Therm Utilized value falls to or below the OL Reset Level the Time to Reset value will indicate zero until the overload trip is reset After an overload trip is reset the Time to Reset value is reported as 9 999 seconds Non Volatile Thermal Memory The E3 Overload Relay includes a non volatile circuit to provide thermal memory The time constant of the circuit corresponds to a Trip Class 30 setting During normal operation the thermal memory circuit is continually monitored and updated to accurately reflect the thermal utilization of the connected motor If power is removed the thermal memory of the circuit decays at a rate equivalent to the cooling of a Trip Class 30 application When the power is re applied the E3 Overload Relay checks the thermal memory circuit voltage to determine the initial value of Therm Utilized Parameter 9 A high current imbalance or phase failure can be caused by defective contacts in a contactor or circuit breaker loose terminals blown fuses sliced wires or faults in the motor When a phase failure exists the motor can experience an additional temperature rise or excessive mechanical vibration This may result in a degradation of the motor insulation or increased stress on the motor bearings Rapid phase loss detection helps to minimize the potential damage and loss of production Phase
223. load relay for the protection of squirrel cage induction motors rated from 0 4 5 000 A Four versions are available the E3 model EC1 and E3Plus models EC2 EC3 and ECS Figure 1 Front Panel Display E3 Plus Overload Relay shown r Allen Bradley s Lus LED Status TEST Test Reset Button Indicators RESET NETWORK TRIP FN STATUS WARN OUTA ours Node Address Switches C a WF series B and later J ui i S E Input Module onnection Les qme usp 193 592 ECS only er LSD Ground Fault S Input D SN 1AOXXXXX XXX BL Lae FRN 4 XXX ser C S2 NS ODODODLDK m Input Terminals 13 14 23 24 95 96 ITI IT2 uM M Y O O O NOTE On model EC5 devices terminals IT1 and IT2 are marked 7 and 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 respectively Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 11 Chapter 1 Product Overview Catalog Number Explanation Single Three Phase Operation Protection amp Warning Functions 12 The solid state overload relay purchased has its own catalog number The catalog number is explained below 193 ECI B B 592 Bulletin 100 Contactor Bulletin 500 f Size Contactor Size Bulletin Current Rating Number Amps B C09 C23 T Size 00 D C30 C43 C SizeO 2 Type i a E C60 C85 D Size3 EC1 E3 get F D95 D180 E Size4 EC2 E3 Plus Rede G D210 D420 F Sizes EC3 E3 Plus ae H D630
224. mation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 UVA Trip Delay This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an under apparent power kVA condition must exist prior to the device tripping Parameter Number 266 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex 10A 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 UVA Trip Level Parameter Number 267 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under apparent Data Type INT power kVA trip level Object Mapping OFhex 10B 01 Group Power Setup Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value UVA Warn Level Parameter Number 268 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under apparent Data Type INT power kVA warning level Object Mapping OFhex 10C 01 Group Power Setup Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value OVA Inhibit Time Parameter Number 269 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT time for which an over apparent power kVA detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Object Mapping OFhex 10D 01 Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OVA Trip Delay Parameter Number 270
225. mation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 201 1 Supersedes Publication 193 UM002H EN P June 2011 Copyright 2011 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
226. mber 2011 Voltage Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 When the remote trip condition sensor contact closes the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 15 blink pattern e bit l in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 Trip Relay contact will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault State if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTB Pr FitValue Parameter 72 The E3 Plus model ECS has the capability to protect against poor voltage quality by offering voltage based protection The user can prevent a contactor from energizing if the voltage is either too high or too low Under Voltage UV Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a UV indication if notrip currently exists Under Voltage protection is enabled UV Inhibit Time has expired and the Average Voltage L L is equal to or less than the UV Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UV Trip Delay When the under voltage trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 1 long and 2 short blink pattern bit 1 in UV Trip Status Parameter 160 will go to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so program
227. med UV Inhibit Time Parameter 215 allows the installer to inhibit an under voltage trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UV Trip Delay Parameter 216 allows the installer to define the time period an under voltage condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UV Trip Level Parameter 217 allows the installer to define the average L L voltage in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 65535 V Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 67 Chapter 3 68 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Under Voltage UV Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under voltage warning condition if e no warning currently exists UV Warning is enabled UV Inhibit Time has expired and e Average Voltage L L is equal to or less than the UV Warn Level When the under voltage warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 2 short blink pattern bit 1 in V Warning Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 UV Warn Level Parameter 218 allows the installer to define the average L L voltage in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 65535V Over Voltage OV Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over volta
228. n the user connected device contact is closed the LED status illuminates in amber NOTE IN 3 IN 4 and OUT B are available only on the E3 Plus Overload Relay Test Reset Button Test If Test Enable is activated the trip relay contact will open if the E3 Overload Relay is in an untripped condition and the Test Reset button is pressed For devices with firmware revision number FRN 2 000 and later the Test Reset button must be pressed for a minimum of two seconds to activate the test function Reset If the E3 Overload Relay a is in a tripped condition b the cause of Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 15 Chapter 1 16 Product Overview the trip is no longer present and c the test reset button is pressed the trip relay contact will close enabled by default Activating the Test function while a motor is operating ATTENTION The Test function associated with the Test Reset button is IN will cause the starting contactor to drop out and stop motor operation Node Address Switches The node address switches located on the front of the Series B and later E3 Overload Relays provide a physical means for setting the device node address value Switch settings greater than 63 allow the node address to be software configured DeviceNet Compatibility The E3 Overload Relay supports the following DeviceNet functionality Functionality Models Polled 1 0 messaging All models Change
229. ndication if notrip currently exists e Over Apparent Power protection is enabled OVA Inhibit Time has expired and Total Apparent Power is equal to or greater than OVA Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed OVA Trip Delay When the over apparent power trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 8 short blink pattern e bit 7 in PW Trip Status Parameter 227 will go to 1 bit 0 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Trip Relay contact will be open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed OVA Inhibit Time Parameter 269 allows the installer to inhibit an over apparent power trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds OVA Trip Delay Parameter 270 allows the installer to define the time period an over apparent power condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OVA Trip Level Parameter 271 allows the installer to define the total apparent power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Apparent Power Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over apparent power warning condition if no warning currently exists Over Apparent Power Warning is enabled OVA Inhibit Time has expired and Total Apparent Power is equal to or greater than the OVA Wa
230. ng The E3 Plus Overload Relay will immediately indicate a PTC warning if e no warning currently exists PTC Warning is enabled and e resistance across terminals 1T1 and 1T2 is either greater than the E3 Plus Overload Relay s response resistance or less than the short circuit trip resistance When the PTC warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 8 blink pattern e bit 7 in Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 A current imbalance can be caused by an unbalance in the voltage supply unequal motor winding impedance or long and varying wire lengths When a current imbalance exists the motor can experience an additional temperature rise resulting in degradation of the motor insulation and reduction of life expectancy Rapid Current Imbalance fault detection helps extend motor life expectancy and minimize potential damage and loss of production Current Imbalance can be defined by the following equation 96CI 100 Iy I where CI Percent Current Imbalance Iq Maximum Deviation from the Average Current I Average Current Current Imbalance Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Current Imbalance indication if e no trip currently exists 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 e Current Imbalance protection is enabled
231. ng OFhex BA 01 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value L3 PF Parameter Number 187 Access Rule Get This parameter provides the power factor measured in L3 with measurement in Data Type OMM percentage Object Mapping OFhex BB 01 Group Power Monitor Units 96 Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value Total PF Parameter Number 188 Access Rule Get This parameter provides the total power factor averaged from all phases with Data Type Ny measurement in percentage Object Mapping OFhex BC 01 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value kWh 10E6 Parameter Number 189 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total real energy KWh Multiply this Data Type a DT value by 10 and add to the other kWh Object Mapping OFhex BD 01 parameters Group Power Monitor Represents XXX 000 000 000 Units Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value kWh 10E3 Parameter Number 190 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total real energy KWh Multiply this pala PE INi value by 10 and add to the other kWh Object Mapping OFhex BE 01 parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 XXX 000 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 kWh 10E0 This parameter provides a component of tota
232. nputs are rated at 24V only For 120V AC inputs add the AC Input Interface Module Cat No 193 EIMD The status of each input and output can be monitored over the DeviceNet network through Device Status Parameter 21 or one of the input assemblies Additionally the outputs can be controlled over the network using one of the output assemblies Refer to Appendix B for listings of the available input and output assemblies Series B and later E3 Plus Overload Relays offer added flexibility by providing the capability to perform control functions with the inputs and outputs through DeviceLogix Series B or later E3 Overload Relay inputs are independently configurable for trip reset remote trip two speed and normal operation ATTENTION If the outputs are being commanded via an explicit A message ensure that there is no established 1 0 connection that is actively controlling the outputs and that the explicit message connection has a non zero expected packet rate EPR setting ATTENTION The state of the outputs during a protection fault DeviceNet communication fault or a DeviceNet communication idle may be dependent on the following OUT A or OUT B parameters PrFitState Pr FitValue Dn FitState Dn FitValue Dn IdlState and Dn IdiValue For details refer to the Output Setup Group section in Chapter 5 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Product Overview Chapter 1 OUT A and OUT B closed upon receipt
233. nstaller to inhibit an under apparent power trip from occurring during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250 seconds UVA Trip Delay Parameter 266 allows the installer to define the time period an under apparent power condition must be present before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds UVA Trip Level Parameter 267 allows the installer to define the total apparent power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Apparent Power Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an under apparent power warning condition if e no warning currently exists Under Apparent Power Warning is enabled UVA Inhibit Time has expired and e Total Apparent Power is equal to or less than the UVA Warn Level When the under apparent power warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 7 short blink pattern e bit 6 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will go to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 UVA Warn Level Parameter 268 allows the installer to define the total apparent power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Apparent Power Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an over apparent power i
234. nt Attribute 15 Voltage Attribute 17 Real Power kW e Attribute 18 Reactive Power kVAR Attribute 19 Apparent Power kVA Attribute 20 Power Factor In the integer array named MS G Read Request define the number of attributes to read and list the specific attribute numbers Controller Tags Compactllogix_32E controller Scope fq CompactLogix_L v Show Show All Force Mask Local TEE Toca 4B 1769_SDN_496Bytes I 0 w Local 1 0 ES dex AB 1769_SDN_364Bytes 0 0 E MSG_Read_Data A Giclee i STATUS OBJECT READ DATA MSG Read Message red Don MESSAGE E MSG Read Request O o Y ee Decimal INT 20 MSG_Read_Request 0 6 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Request 1 15 Decimal INT MSG_Read_Request 2 1 Decimal INT MSG Read Request 3 17 Decimal INT MS amp G Read Request 4 18 Decimal INT MSG Read Request 5 19 Decimal INT MS amp G Read Request 5 20 Decimal INT The data will return in an integer array with the first integer representing the following information Number of Attributes First Attribute Number Being Returned First Attribute Number Data Status First Attribute Data Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 201 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Last Attribute Number Being Returned Last Attribute Number Data Status Last Attribute Data Shown below is the user defined structure that list the
235. nt imbalance condition until the CI Inhibit Time expires Current Imbalance Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate a Current Imbalance warning if no warning currently exists Current Imbalance warning is enabled e CI Inhibit Time has expired and Current Imbal is equal to or greater than CI Warn Level When the Current Imbalance warning conditions are satisfied the Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 63 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Communication Fault Protection TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 9 blink pattern bit 8 in Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and bit 1 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 CI Warn Level Parameter 52 allows the installer to define the percent current imbalance at which the E3 Overload Relay will indicate a warning It is user adjustable from 10 100 IMPORTANT The Current Imbalance Warning function does not include a time delay feature Once the Cl Inhibit Time has expired The Cl warning indication is instantaneous A disruption of the communication link between the E3 Overload Relay and a DeviceNet network can result in the loss of application control and or critical process diagnostic data Rapid communication fault detection helps minimize potential damage due to uncontrolled or unmonitored applications Comm Fault Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Comm Fault indication if e
236. ntenance Flags 5i adeste uror et ege ies 92 Quee Clearing o enaa Sid yeah acte tutstosen Aaa cot 93 Introduction sorde rente uud E VET TIR OPUS PAN IM adu E S RUP RT MEE 95 Setting the Hardware Switches Series B amp Later 95 Using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet ls eeeeseeeseeeessn 96 Commissioning the Protection Functions 6 00 eee e eae 103 Introdictioninn e HR NE I eben es ease eas 105 Programming oc ores da et A doux tor ood dta eren noun RE Ea 105 Programi Poole ueste uin deci plaid ehh Sot ect dee 105 Reset to Default Factory Settings uie soy ven ver R kan aeinws 105 Parameter Group Listings u03954 253 S wis Fee oe Dra ua eid eacsss 105 Overload Setup Group sorde rbi ee Redi hid 111 Advanced Setup Group 4 5 Cet eue esee utes erede eiu 114 R set Lock Group vis educi ee ena e arene Se GEHE ERA 123 DeviceNet Setup Groups wistee ssa sanar hon ivoire er n n adn 125 Output setup Groupee der ae elo Gah cea RR Res s Wade 127 DeviceLogix Group E3 Plus sachet lere cemetiven cave tics 131 Introd ctlOn oi Snes de Ge oaev dea Meares eb EE 135 Phase Current Reporting a sausses des euo n tance dass dae perenne 135 C rrent Range lcd cei Nor se ee amass LAS 135 Reporting ACCUEdCY ees areel cese t op e Oe Rt epi epa rata 136 Ground Fault Current Reporting s sss caste eevee vias 137 Current RANEE co eee woke taaie eoa Pa rd dp eR den done 137 Frequency Rarige ies ue etie Bae heh ER tie nah sate MONG 137 D
237. o by param 61 Low Byte 30 3 Value of parameter pointed to by param 61 High Byte 2 1 Value of parameter pointed to by param 62 Low Byte 3 Value of parameter pointed to by param 62 High Byte 4 2 Value of parameter pointed to by param 63 Low Byte 5 Value of parameter pointed to by param 63 High Byte 6 3 Value of parameter pointed to by param 64 Low Byte 7 Value of parameter pointed to by param 64 High Byte Table 97 Assembly Object Instance 111 Status Parameter Data Link Input Assy Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Param A Number low 1 Param A Number high Param A Data low Param A Data high Param B Number low Param B Number high Param B Data low s o om A wy N Param B Data high Table 98 Assembly Object Instance 141 Data Format DEVICELOGIX STAT Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input1 OutB Stat OutA_Stat Warning Faulted 1 Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Output7 Output 6 Output5 Output4 Output3 Output2 Output 1 Output 0 2 DLogix Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Enabled Output 14 Output 13 Output 12 Output 11 Output 10 Output 9 Output 8 238 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2
238. o phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected 11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected 12 Warning 12 13 Config Fault Device parameter configuration problem 14 PM Starts Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded 15 PM Oper Hours Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded 16 Warning 16 258 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 127 EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Warning Codes Warning Text and Warning Help Strings Fault Fault Text Help Text Code 17 Voltage Hdw Flt A prob em with the external voltage hardware has been 18 Under Volt L L Line to Line Under Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L L Line to Line Over Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated 22 Under Frequency Line voltage frequency is below the warning level 23 Over Frequency Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level 24 Warning 24 25 Warning 25 26 Warning 26 27 Warning 27 28 Warning 28 29 Warning 29 30 Warning 30 31 Warning 31 32 Warning 32 33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power kW is below warning level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Power kW has exceeded warning level 35 Under Fwd kVAR anaron Reactive Power Forward kVAR condition 36 Over Fwd kVAR Ove
239. of a network close command The outputs will maintain the commanded closed state until receipt of a network open command Parameters OutX Pr FitState and OutX Pr FitValue found in the E3 Overload Relay s output setup group allows flexibility concerning the operation of the outputs in the event of a trip Factory default settings cause the outputs to open upon occurrence of a trip E3 outputs that were closed prior to a trip will reclose upon trip reset provided that a network open command is not received first ATTENTION The E3 Overload Relay s output control firmware latches User Interface Refer to Figure 1 on page 11 for the location of LED status indication Test Reset button and node address switches LED Status Indication The following LED status indicators are provided on the E3 Overload Relay See Chapter 12 for detailed information on each status Network Status Illuminated in green or red this indicates the network connection status Trip Warning Under a warning condition the LED status flashes a sequence of red and or amber Under the trip condition the LED status flashes a sequence of red In either condition the flash pattern followed by a pause identifies the specific trip or warning The meaning of the flash pattern can be found on the E3 Overload Relay side label or Table XX on page XX OUT A and OUT B When the output contacts are commanded closed the LED illuminates amber IN 1 IN 4 Whe
240. oftware described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures PP gt IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Product Overview Installation amp Wiring Table of Contents Manual Objectives cacacunect eres seesdege nace E CAE
241. olt L L Voltage Unbalance Phase Rotation Under Frequency Over Frequency Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Voltage Parameters Chapter 7 V Warn Status Parameter Number 161 This parameter provides voltage based Access Rule Get warning identification as outlined in the Data Type UINT table below Object Mapping OFhex A1 01 1 Warning Group Voltage monitor 0 No Warning Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O X Voltage Hardware Fault X Under Volt L L X Over Volt L L X Voltage Unbalance X Phase Rotation X Under Frequency X Over Frequency L1 L2 Voltage Parameter Number 162 This parameter provides the L1 L2 voltage Access Rule Get measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A2 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value L2 L3 Voltage Parameter Number 163 This parameter provides the L2 L3 voltage ASCEEGUIS Gai measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A3 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value L3 L1 Voltage Parameter Number 164 This parameter provides the L3 L1 voltage Access Rule Get measurement in
242. omation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 107 Programmable Parameters Table 31 DeviceNet Setup Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description 55 AutoBaud Enable 61 Assembly Word 0 Parameter 56 NonVol Baud Rate 62 Assembly Word 1 Parameter 58 COS Mask 63 Assembly Word 2 Parameter 59 Output Assembly 64 Assembly Word 3 Parameter 60 Input Assembly Table 32 Output Setup Parameter Number Description Parameter Number Description G5 oOwAPrHtStte 71 OuBPrFiStte 66 OutA Pr Fit Value 72 OutB Pr Fit Value 67 OutA Pr DN State 73 OutB Pr DN State 68 OutA Pr DN Value 74 OutB Pr DN Value 69 OutA PrIdiState 75 OutB Pr IdlState 70 OutA Pr Idl Value 76 Table 33 DeviceLogix Group Parameter Number Parameter Number Description 79 Comm Override 81 OutB Pr Id Value Net Outputs 80 Network Override 82 Table 34 Trip Warning History Group Parameter Number Parameter Number Description Net Out COS Mask Description 32 Trip History 0 140 Warn History 3 33 Trip History 1 141 Warn History 4 34 Trip History 2 142 Trip History Mask 35 Trip History 3 143 Warn History Mask 36 Trip History 4 299 V Trip History Mask 37 Warn History 0 300 V Trip Warning History Mask 38 Warn History 1 301 PW Trip History Mask 39 Warn History 2 30
243. omation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 265 Appendix B 266 DeviceNet Information Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes Attribute Name Byte Data 0 1 kWh x 10E6 2 8 kWh x 10E3 21 Real Energy EC5 only 5 Total Real Energy kWh x 10E0 5 6 kWh x 10E 3 7 0 1 kVARh x 10E6 2 kVARh x 10E3 3 Total Reactive Energy 4 Consumed kVARh x 10E0 6 kVARh x 10E 3 8 8 kVARh x 10E6 10 kVARh x 10E3 Reactive Energy EC5 1 Total Reactive Energy 22 only 12 Generated DET x 13 14 kVARh x 10E 3 16 T kVARh x 10E6 18 kVARh x 10E3 9 Total Reactive Energy 20 Net kVARh x 10E0 21 22 kVARh x 10E 3 23 0 1 kVAh X 10E6 2 kVAh X 10E3 23 Total Apparent Energy 3 Total Apparent EC5 only 4 Energy O x 5 6 7 kVAh X 10E 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes Attribute Name Byte Data 0 1 Total Real Energy MWh 2 32 bit Floating Point 3 4 5 Total Reactive Energy Consumed VARh 32 6 bit Floating Point 7 8 9 Total Reactive Energy Generated VARh 32 21 Energy EC5 only 10 bit Floating Point 11
244. on 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 141 Chapter 6 142 Monitoring Parameters WARNING STATUS This parameter provides warning identification Bit Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping 0x29 1 115 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Function Overload Ground Fault E3 Plus Jam Underload PTC E3 Plus Current Imbalance Comm Fault Comm Idle Config Fault PM Startso 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 1 X X X X X X X X X X X Series C and later TRIP LOG 0 This parameter records the latest trip TRIP LOG 1 This parameter records the trip previous to Trip Log 0 Parameter Number PM Oper Hours 16 Access Rule Get Data Type WORD Object Mapping 0x29 1 116 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Trip Status table Maximum Value See Trip Status table Default Value Parameter Number None Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping 0x29 1 117 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value See Trip Status table Maximum Value See Trip Status table Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 None TRIP LOG 2 This parameter records the trip previous to Trip Log 1 TRIP LOG 3 This par
245. on 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 55 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Stall Protection 56 When a motor stalls during its starting sequence the motor heats up very rapidly After the permissible stalling time the motor reaches the temperature limit of its insulation Rapid stall detection during the starting sequence can extend the motors life as well as minimize potential damage and loss of production Stall Time The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a stall indication when e no trip currently exists stall protection is enabled and the maximum phase current is greater than the Stall Trip Level for a time h ph g han the Stall Trip Level f period greater than the Stall Enabled Time If the E3 Overload Relay trips on a stall the TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash a red 5 blink pattern e bit 4 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Trip Relay contacts will open and outputs will be placed in their Protection Fault state if so programmed IMPORTANT The Protection Fault State of OUT A and OUT B is defined by e OUTA Pr FitState Parameter 65 e OUTA Pr FitValue Parameter 66 e OUTB Pr FitState Parameter 71 e OUTE Pr FitValue Parameter 72 Stall Enabled Time Parameter 39 allows the installer to adjust the time the E3 Overload Relay monitors for a stall condition during the motor starting sequence and is adjustable from 0 250
246. on condensing Damp Heat Steady State per IEC 68 2 3 Damp Heat Cyclic per IEC 68 2 30 92 r h 40 C 104 F 56 days 93 r h 25 C 40 C 77 F 104 F 21 Cycles Cooling Method Natural Convection Vibration per IEC 68 2 6 3G Shock per IEC 68 2 27 30G Maximum Altitude 2000 m 6 Pollution Environment Pollution Degree 3 Terminal Marking EN 50012 Degree of Protection 193 ECxxx IP20 592 ECxxx Q Current ratings must be derated at altitudes greater than 2000 m Table A 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test Level 8kV Air Discharge 6kV Contact Discharge Performance Criteria 100 RF Immunity Test Level 10V m Performance Criteria 100 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity Test Level 4kV Power 2kV Control amp Comm Performance Criteria 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 227 AppendixA Specifications Functionality Specifications 228 Table A 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications Surge Immunity Test Level 2kV L E 1kV L L Performance Criteria 100 Radiated Emissions Class A Conducted Emissions Class A Performance Criteria 1 requires the DUT to experience no degradation or loss of performance Environment 2 Table 21 DeviceNet Communications Baud Rate 125 k 250 k 500 k Auto Baud Rate Identification Yes Group
247. onfiguring Comm Override and Network Override parameters Comm Override The configuration of the Comm Override parameter defines whether or not DeviceLogix controls the E3 Plus outputs when either a Comm Fault lack of I O connection or Comm Idle Master not in Run mode condition exists If DeviceLogix is enabled but Comm Override is disabled default the operation of the E3 Plus outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault State Fault Value Idle State and Idle Value parameters if a Comm Fault or Comm Idle condition occurs If DeviceLogix and Comm Override are both enabled the E3 Plus outputs are controlled by the DeviceLogix program regardless of the Comm Fault or Comm Idle state If DeviceLogix is not enabled the outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault Idle State Value parameters ifa Comm Fault or Comm Idle condition occurs regardless of the Comm Override configuration If DeviceLogix is transitioned from enable to disable the outputs will immediately go to the programmed DeviceNet Idle State Value Network Override The configuration of the Network Override parameter defines whether or not DeviceLogix controls the E3 Plus outputs when a network fault such as a duplicate Mac ID or bus off condition exists If DeviceLogix is enabled but Network Override is disabled default the operation of the E3 Plus outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault State and Fault Value parameters if a network fault occurs If
248. or Code Timed Out Error Path Error Text OK Cancel Help When finished the MSG instruction will read the Device Status from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer Files 0 as shown 196 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Controller Tags DeviceNet controller Scope fa DeviceNet X Show Show All Force Mask _ Explicit MSG DeviceStatus CIA Dos i Explicit MSG DeviceStatus Param in __ Explicit MSG_TripClass_ClA E bos Integer Files Tc Decimal DINT 20 4 Decimal DINT Integer Files 0 0 0 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 1 0 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 2 af Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 3 0 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 4 Decimal BODL Integer Files 0 5 0 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 6 Decimal BODL Integer Files 0 7 0 Decimal BOOL Integer Files 0 8 Decimal BODL Integer Files 0 9 0 Decimal BOOL Currently OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is energized as shown in Bit 2 in Integer_Files 0 Reading Device Status using the Control Supervisor Object Class 0x29 In this example a Periodic Task has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the Device Status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Control Supervisor Object Class The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every t
249. or is limited to 50 60 Hz detection Table 16 Power Supply Ratings Terminals DeviceNet Connector V Red V Black Rated Supply Voltage U 24V DC Operating Range 11 25V DC Rated Supply Current See Chart Below Maximum Surge Current at Power Up 3A Maximum Power Consumption E3 3 2W E3 Plus 42W Maximum Power Interruption Time 11V DC 1ms 25V DC 10 ms Figure 13 E3 amp E3 Plus Power Supply Current E3 amp E3 Plus Supply Current Input Current mA Input Voltage V Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 225 Appendix A 226 Specifications Table 17 Output and Trip Relay Ratings Terminals OUT A 13 14 OUT B E3 Plus 23 24 Trip Relay 95 96 Type of Contacts Form A SPST NO Rated Thermal Current lhe 5A Rated Insulation Voltage U 300V AC Rated Operating Voltage Ue 240V AC Rated Operating Current le 3 A 120V AC 1 5 A 240V AC 0 25 A 110V DC 0 1 A 220V DC Minimum Operating Current 10 mA 5V DC Rating Designation B300 Utilization Category AC 15 Resistive Load Rating p f 1 0 5 A 250V AC 5 A 30V DC Inductive Load Rating p f 0 4 2 A 250V AC L R 7 ms 2 A 30V DC Short Circuit Current Rating 1 000 A Recommended Control Circuit Fuse KTK R 6 6 A 600 V Rated Number of Operations Trip Relay 100 000 OUT A and B W 100 C09 100
250. or override fault A circuits The cause of a fault indication must be determined and corrected before attempting operation Failure to correct a control system or mechanical malfunction may result in personal injury and or equipment damage due to uncontrolled machine system operation Advi sory LEDs The E3 Overload Relay provides the following advisory LED indicators NETWORK TRIP WARN STATUS OUTA OUTB IN 1 IN 3 IN 2 IN 4 Trip Warn LED The Trip Warn LED will indicate device status by flashing a red trip code or an amber warning code The flash pattern followed by a pause identifies the specific trip or warning Refer to the product s side label or the chart below for trip and warning codes Refer to the Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures section Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 213 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting of this chapter for tips associated with troubleshooting trip and warning conditions Table 9 Trip Warn Codes Trip Warning Description Trip Table Trip Code Warning Table Warning Code Protection Non Volatile Long Red Short Red Long Amber Short Amber Fault Fault Test Trip 1 No No Overload 2 2 Yes Yes Phase Loss 3 Yes Yes Ground Fault 4 4 Yes Yes Stall
251. ostics and reduced troubleshooting Operation independent of PLC or Network status Continue to run process in the event of network interruptions Critical operations can be safely shutdown through local logic DeviceLogix can be programmed using function blocks or ladder logic through RS NetWorx for DeviceNet After a successful download to the E3 Plus overload relay DeviceLogix can be enabled using RS NetWorx for DeviceNet or the DeviceNet configuration terminal Cat No 193 DNCT DeviceLogix Programming Example The following example shows how to program a simple logic routine to control the E3 Plus Overload Relay outputs based on the condition of input signals OUT A control is defined by the states of IN1 and IN2 processed through a Boolean OR gate OUT B control is defined by the states of IN3 and IN4 processed through a separate Boolean OR gate This example is using RS NetWorx for DeviceNet version 8 00 01 and an E3 Plus Series C overload relay IMPORTANT Before programming logic it is important to decide on the conditions under which the logic run As defined earlier the conditions can be defined by setting parameter 79 Comm Override and parameter 80 Network Override to the value that you want Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Using DeviceLogix Chapter 11 1 While in RS NetWorx for DeviceNet double click on the E3 Plus and select the DeviceLogix Tab If you are prompted with
252. ot Recorded Parameter Number 301 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 12D 01 Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0001111111111111 Default Value 0001111111111111 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 6 5 4 3 2 Function Under Real Pwr Over Real Pwr Under Con kVAR Over Con kVAR Under Gen kVAR Over Gen kVAR x lt Under Power kVA Over Power kVA Under PF Lagging Over PF Lagging Under PF Leading Over PF Leading Power Overflow PW WarnHist Mask This parameter allows the user to configure which power based protection features are written to the five record Warn History as outlined in the table Parameter Number 302 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 12E 01 below Group TripWarn History Units 1 Recorded 0 2 Not Recorded Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0001111111111111 Default Value 0001111111111111 Bit Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 JO X Under Real Pwr X Over Real Pwr X Under Con kVAR X Over Con kVAR X Under Gen kVAR X Over Gen kVAR Under Power kVA X Over Power kVA X Under PF Lagging x
253. ot kVAR Parameter Number 153 i Access Rule Get Tee ae iNT last relay trip only in the E3 Plus model Object Mapping OFhex 99 01 ECS Group Trip Snapshot Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 191 Chapter 9 192 Trip History and Snapshot SS Tot kVA Parameter Number 154 Access Rule Get bene NT last relay trip only in the E3 Plus model Object Mapping OFhex 9A 01 ECS Group Trip Snapshot Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value SS Tot PF Parameter Number 155 This parameter reports the value of total Access Rule Get power factor at the time of the last relay Data Type INT trip only in the E3 Plus model EC5 Object Mapping OFhex 9B 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units 96 Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 1 0 Introduction I O Messaging Logic Controller Communication Examples The E3 Overload Relay communicates its diagnostic information through a DeviceNet network using I O Messaging or Explicit Messaging The E3 Overload Relay will control its output relays via a DeviceNet network through the use of I O Messaging This chapter will show an example of I O Messaging and four examples of Explicit Messaging including the Parameter Object the Cont
254. other node is not assigned to the same DeviceNet node address MAC ID If a duplicate node is detected on the network the NETWORK STATUS LED turns solid red and the E3 Overload Relay enters the Recoverable Error Mode If the power up or reset is successful the overload relay will enter Run Mode Run Mode In Run Mode the E3 Overload Relay will operate as a slave device to a master device The NETWORK STATUS LED will blink green if there are no network connections established with a network master When one or more connections are in the established state the NETWORK STATUS LED will turn solid green When one or more connections are in the timed out state the NETWORK STATUS LED will blink red In the Run Mode the E3 Overload Relay will 1 Accept messages from a master on the DeviceNet network 2 Send response messages COS messages or CYCLIC messages to a master Ifa communication error is detected the E3 Overload Relay will either enter the Recoverable Error or Unrecoverable Error Mode Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Resetting a Trip Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Recoverable Error Mode In Recoverable Error Mode the E3 Overload Relay s NETWORK STATUS LED turns solid red The overload relays will respond to messages that are specified in offline node recovery message protocol Error Type Description LED State Recoverable Duplicate node address Solid Red detected Unrecove
255. ower based diagnostic information that includes real power KW reactive power kVAR apparent power kVA and power factor PF The relay also provides energy based diagnostic information that includes kWh kVARh kVAh kW Demand kVAR Demand and kVA Demand The relay is capable of sensing power and energy ranging from 0V L L to 690V L L for frequencies ranging from 20 Hz to 250 Hz The relay supports the following voltage systems Single Phase 2 Wire Delta Direct Connection Wye Direct Connection Open Delta with 2 Potential Transformers Delta with PT with 3 Potential Transformers The E3 Plus model ECS is intended to be used in applications that represent quadrants I and IV of the power circle shown in Explanation of Power Parameter Signs Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 159 Chapter8 Power Parameters Figure 1 Explanation of Power Parameter Signs Pf 0 kVAR Consumed 90 Power Factor A Power Factor Leading Lagging 9 Pf 100 gt O kw Consumed Pf 100 kW Generated 180 Power Factor Power Factor Lagging Leading 0 Y kVAR Generated IMPORTANT TheE3Plus model EC5 will report 0 for all power based parameters if the voltage is below 50V L L IMPORTANT TheE3 Plus model EC5 is capable of reporting power values when the voltage is greater than 690V L L and for frequencies less than 40 Hz or greater t
256. p www rockwellautomation com support americas phone_en html Canada or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Rockwell Auto
257. p amp Warning Functions OPFLG Trip Level Parameter 279 allows the installer to define the total power factor lagging in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Power Factor Lagging Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over power factor lagging warning condition if e no warning currently exists Over Power Factor Lagging Warning is enabled OPFLG Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or greater than the OPFLG Warn Level When the over power factor lagging warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 10 short blink pattern bit9 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will go to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 OPFLG Warn Level Parameter 280 allows the installer to define the total power factor lagging in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 Under Power Factor Leading Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under power factor leading indication if No trip currently exists Under Power Factor Leading protection is enabled UPFLD Inhibit Time has expired Total PF is equal to or less than UPFLD Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UPFLD Trip Delay When the under power factor leading trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 11 short blink pattern e
258. p Class5 Trip Class 10 Trip Class 20 Trip Class 30 Parameter 30 must be set to Manual N ATTENTION In explosive environment applications OL PTC Reset Mode ATTENTION In an explosive environment applications OL Reset Level Parameter 31 must be set as low as possible or in accordance with the motor thermal time constant Overload Warning The E3 Overload Relay will indicate an overload warning if nowarning currently exists overload warning is enabled and 96 Therm Utilized is equal to or greater than OL Warn Level When the overload warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash an amber 2 blink pattern e Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OL Warn Level Parameter 32 can be used as an alert for impending overload trip and is adjustable from 0 10096 TCU Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Phase Loss Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Overload Diagnostics Time to Trip When the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating of the E3 Overload Relay the Time to Trip Parameter 12 indicates the estimated time remaining before an overload trip occurs When the measured current is below the trip rating the Time to Trip value is reported as 9 999 seconds Time To Reset After an overload trip the E3 Over
259. p Monitor Units FLA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1000 Default Value None Parameter Number 7 Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 107 Group Monitor Units FLA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1000 Default Value None Parameter Number 8 Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 108 Group Monitor Units FLA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1000 Default Value None Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping 2Chex 1 110 Monitor Group Units Amps Minimum Value 0 00 Maximum Value 12 75 approx Default Value None 139 Chapter 6 140 Monitoring Parameters CURRENT IMBAL This parameter provides the percent current imbalance measurement CI 100 Iq 1q where Cl Current imbalance Ig Maximum deviation from the average current l4 Average current TIME TO TRIP This parameter provides an estimated time for an overload trip to occur when the measured motor current exceeds the trip rating When the measured current is below the trip rating the value 9 999 seconds is reported TIME TO RESET This parameter reports the time until an overload trip may be
260. p Object Instance USINT Fault Data Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 257 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 126 DPI Warning Object Instances Attribute ID Access Rule Get Get Name Data Type Value Basic Info Struct of Fault Code UINT See Table 127 Fault Source Struct of DPI Port Number USINT 0 pae Object USINT 0x2C Fault Time Stamp Struct of Timer Value ULINT Timer Descriptor WORD Help Text STRING See Table 127 The following common services will be implemented for the DPI Fault Object Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 Yes No Set_Attribute_Single The table below lists EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Warning Codes Warning Text and Warning Help Strings Table 127 EC1 EC2 EC3 EC5 Warning Codes Warning Text and Warning Help Strings Fault Fault Text Help Text Code 0 No Warning No Warning Conditions Detected 1 Warning 1 2 Overload Approaching a motor current overload condition 3 Warning 3 4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Warning 5 6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8 PTC PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated 9 Current Imbal Phase t
261. pe INT which is the average real energy usage over a defined period of time Object Mapping OFhex D1 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Max kW Demand Parameter Number 210 t Access Rule Get This parameter provides maximum kW Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex D2 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 VAR Demand Parameter Number 211 Access Rule Get This parameter provides KVAR Demand DET WIS INT which is the average reactive energy yp usage over a defined period of time Object Mapping OFhex D3 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Max VAR Demand Parameter Number 212 Access Rule Get Ihis parameter provides maximum kVAR Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex D4 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value VA Dmnd Parameter Number 213 Access Rule Get This parameter provides kVA Demand Data vbe INT which is the average apparent energy yP usage over a defined period of time Object Mapping OFhex D5 01 Group Power Monitor Units kVA Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Max V
262. pecific device 3 Get Port Path Data object attribute if Dependent applicable Segment Address Parameter Dependent 0000000000ab0cdO 3 a Monitoring 4 Get Descriptor WORD Parameter b Read Only Parameter c Scaled Parameter d Enumerated String 5 Get Data Type USINT Parameter Dependent 6 Get Data Size USINT Parameter Dependent 7 Get Parameter Name SHORT_STRING Parameter Dependent 8 Get Units String SHORT_STRING Parameter Dependent 10 Get Minimum Value Data Type Parameter Dependent 11 Get Maximum Value Data Type Parameter Dependent 12 Get Default Value Data Type Parameter Dependent 13 Get Scaling Multiplier UINT 01 14 Get Scaling Divisor UINT 01 15 Get Scaling Base UINT 01 16 Get Scaling Offset INT 00 17 Get Multiplier Link UINT 0 18 Get Divisor Link UINT 0 19 Get Base Link UINT 0 20 Get Offset Link UINT 0 21 Get Decimal Precision USINT Parameter Dependent The following common services will be implemented for the Parameter Object Table 113 Parameter Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Parameter Group Object Class Code 0x10 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Group Object 245 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Table 114 Parameter Group Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Acces
263. plicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed E3 Overload Relay can result in damage to the components or reduction in product life Wiring or application errors e g incorrectly figuring the FLA setting supplying incorrect or inadequate DeviceNet supply voltage connecting an external supply voltage to the input or thermistor terminals or operating storing in excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the E3 Overload Relay ATTENTION Only personnel familiar with the E3 Overload Relay and associated machinery should plan to install start up and maintain the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury or equipment damage ATTENTION The purpose of this user manual is to serve as a guide for proper installation The National Electrical Code NEC and any other governing regional or local code will overrule this information Rockwell Automation cannot assume responsibility for the compliance or proper installation of the E3 Overload Relay or associated equipment A hazard of personal injury and or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation gt e Bl D ATTENTION The earth ground terminal of the E3 Overload Relay shall be connected to a solid earth ground via a low impedance connection gt Starter Assembly The following figures and tables illustrate the starter assembly instructions and approximate dimensions Installation The 100 C09
264. power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 259 UVARG Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable 220 6 E3 Plus Model EC5 Only Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Trip Description Troubleshooting Chapter 12 Table 13 Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures Continued Possible Cause Corrective Action Over Reactive Power Generated kVAR Under Apparent Power kVA 1 Reactive power has exceeded the programmed over reactive 2 3 power generated level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Apparent power has exceeded the programmed under apparent power level Improper parameter settings Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation 4 Verify that Parameter
265. r Total Reactive Power Forward kVAR condition 37 Under Rev kVAR paer Toral Reactive Power Reverse kVAR condition 38 Over Rev kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Reverse kVAR condition detected 39 Under Power kVA en Apparent Power VA or kVA or MVA is below warning 40 Over Power kVA eo Apparent Power VA OR Kva or MVA exceeded warning 41 Under PF Lagging Under Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected 42 Over PF Lagging Over Total Power Factor Lagging PF condition detected 43 Under PF Leading Under Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected 44 Over PF Leading Over Total Power Factor Leading PF condition detected 45 Power Overflow kW kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value 46 Warning 46 47 Warning 47 48 Warning 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 259 Appendix B DeviceNet Information DeviceNet Interface Obj ect This vendor specific object includes no class attributes A single instance Class Code 0xB4 instance 1 of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 128 DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Min Max Default Desc ID Rule Type 1 Get Zero Byte USINT 0 0 Always returns zero 2 Get Zero Word UINT 0 0 Always returns zero 5 Get Set Nonvolatile MAC ysint 0 63 63 6 Get Set Non
266. r disable the test function of the Ue Te BOE Test Reset button Object Mapping 29hex 1 108 Group Reset Lock Units Minimum Value 0 Disable Maximum Value 1 Enable Default Value 1 124 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Programmable Parameters Chapter 5 CLEAR QUEUE Series C and later Parameter Number 104 Get Set Access Rule This parameter allows the user to clear the Trip Logs Warning Logs Starts Counter Data Type BOOL and the Elapsed Time Setting the Clear Object Mapping 29hex 1 132 Queue parameter to 1 will clear reset the Group Reset Lock Trip Logs Warning Logs Starts Counter and the Elapsed Time parameters at the Units same time Minimum Value 0 Ready Maximum Value 1 Clear Default Value DeviceNet Setup Group Table 61 Assembly Parameters Detail OUTPUT ASSEMBLY Parameter Number 0 59 Get Set Access Rule This parameter is used to select the desired output assembly See Appendix B for a Deita Type USINT listing of available assemblies Object Mapping OxB4 1 16 Group DeviceNet Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 105 Default Value 103 E3 105 E3 Plus INPUT ASSEMBLY Parameter Number 60 Get Set Access Rule This parameter is used to select the desired USINT input assembly See Appendix B for a D
267. r records the hours of motor Access RUIE Cei operation the time period that the E3 is Data Type UINT sensing motor current present motor Hm current must be greater than 3096 of the Object Mapping DE minimum Full Load Current FLA setting Group Monitor Units Hours Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Starts Counter Series C and later Parameter Number 96 This parameter records the number of Access Rule Get starts motor current transitions from zero Data Type UINT to non zero values motor current must be z an greater than 30 of the minimum Full Sese Bee HU Load Current FLA setting Group Monitor Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 145 Chapter 6 146 Monitoring Parameters Starts Available Series C and later Parameter Number 97 This parameter reports the number of Access Rule Get starts currently available based on the Data Type USINT nee ettings parameter 93 Object Mapping 29hex 1 102 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 120 Default Value 0 Time to Start Series C and later Parameter Number 98 This parameter reports the timed non zero ess en value when a Start Inhibit trip is in effect Data Type UINT parameter 100 Starts Interval Object Mapping 29hex 1 103 Group Monitor Units Seconds Minimum V
268. r8 Power Parameters 182 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip and Warning History Trip History and Snapshot The E3 Plus Overload Relay with firmware revision 5 01 and higher offers the user programmable Trip History and Warning History diagnostic information The user can select the specific trip and warning features that get written to the five record Trip History and Warning History TripWarn History Group Trip History 0 This parameter reports the latest trip written to the Trip History Refer to Table 8 1 for the Trip History record identification Parameter Number 132 Access Rule Get Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 84 01 Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Trip History 1 Parameter Number 133 Access Rule Get This parameter reports the trip written to the Trip History previous to Trip History O Data Type d Refer to Table 8 1 for the Trip History Object Mapping OFhex 85 01 record identification Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 48 Default Value Trip History 2 Parameter Number 134 Access Rule Get This parameter reports the trip written to the Trip History previous to Trip History 1 Data Type ae Refer to Table 8 1 for the Trip History Object Mapping OFhex 86 01 record identification Group
269. rable Error Mode In Unrecoverable Error Mode the E3 Overload Relays NETWORK STATUS LED turns solid red The overload relay continues in this state as long as the device is powered Error Type Description LED State Unrecoverable Power up initialization failure Solid Red Incorrect baud rate Fatal communication error bus off ATTENTION Resetting a trip will not correct the cause A for the trip Corrective action should be taken before resetting the trip An E3 Overload Relay trip condition can be reset by taking one of the following actions 1 Actuating the TRIP RESET button on the E3 Overload Relay 2 Setting the Fault Reset bit in the E3 Overload Relay s Output Assembly via the DeviceNet network 3 Actuating a reset signal 4 Actuating a reset signal to IN1 when Parameter 77 IN 1 Trip Reset in enabled Series A FRN 2 xxx 5 Actuating a reset signal to one of the inputs when programmed to Trip Reset via one ofthe corresponding assignment parameters 83 86 FRN 3 xx and later Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 217 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures Trip Description Possible Cause 6 Setting Parameter 30 OL PTC ResetMode to the Automatic selection to allow the unit to automatically reset after overload and thermistor PTC trips 7 Cycling supply power to the E3 Overload Relay to clear Non Volat
270. rameters Represents XXX 000 000 000 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 167 Chapter 8 168 Power Parameters kVAh Net 10E3 This parameter provides a component of total apparent energy kVAh Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVAh parameters Represents 000 XXX 000 000 Parameter Number 206 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex CE 01 Group Power Monitor Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVAh Net 10E0 Parameter Number 207 This parameter provides a component of Access Rule Get total apparent energy kVAh Multiply this Data Type INT value by 10 and add to the other kVAh Object Mapping OFhex CF 01 parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 XXX 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVAh Net 10E 3 Parameter Number 208 f i Access Rule Get dada a an iT this value by 10 and add to the other Object Mapping OFhex D0 01 kVAh parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 000 XXX Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kW Demand Parameter Number 209 Access Rule Get This parameter provides kW Demand Data Ty
271. reset either manually or automatically After an overload trip is reset the value 9 999 seconds is reported Parameter Number 11 Access Rule Get Data Type USINT Object Mapping Xos Group Monitor Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 200 Default Value None Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Parameter Number Access Rule Data Type Object Mapping Group Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Monitoring Parameters Chapter 6 TRIP STATUS Parameter Number 14 This parameter provides trip Access Rule Get identification Data Type WORD 1 Tri x 7 0 No Trip Object Mapping 0x29 1 114 Group Monitor Units Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value None Bits Function 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Test Trip X Overload X Phase Loss X Ground Fault E3 Plus X Stall X Jam X Underload X PTC E3 Plus Current Imbalance X Comm Fault X Comm Idle Nonvolatile Memory Fault Hardware Fault Remote Trip X Blocked Start Start Inhibit 9 Q Series C and later Rockwell Automation Publicati
272. ribute Access Name Data Value Default ID Rule Type 3 Get Set TripFLCSet INT See Table 32 1 0 4 Get Set TripClass USINT 5 30 10 5 Get AvgCurrent INT See Table 34 0 0 6 Get 96Phlmbal USINT 0 20096 0 7 Get Thermal USINT 0 100 0 8 Get CurrentL1 INT See Table 34 0 0 9 Get CurrentL2 INT See Table 34 0 0 10 Get CurrentL3 INT See Table 34 0 0 11 Get Ground Current INT 0 0 12 7 A 0 0 The following attributes are all vendor specific io Get Eom ui These attributes exist 102 Get L2 Current INT only for current ranges that report 1 or 2 103 Get L3 Current INT decimal places current 104 Get Average Current INT resplution 105 Get L1 FLA UINT 0 1000 FLA 0 106 Get L2 FLA UINT 0 1000 96FLA 0 107 Get L396FLA UINT 0 1000 96FLA 0 108 Get Average 96FLA UINT 0 1000 96FLA 0 109 Get Therm Utilized USINT 0 100 0 110 Get GF Current INT 0 00 12 75 A 0 0 111 Get Current Imbal USINT 0 200 0 112 Get Time to Trip UINT 0 9999 s 0 113 Get Time to Reset UINT 0 9999 s 0 127 GetSet Single ThreePh BOOL 9 3mgle hase 1 This attribute exists 128 Get Set FLA Setting UINT detepot tore E Seen decimal places current resolution 129 Get Set Trip Class USINT 5 30 10 132 Get Set OL Warn Level USINT 0 100 TCU 85 133 Get Set PL Inhibit Time USINT 0 250 seconds 0 134 Get Set PL Trip Delay USINT 0 1 25 0 seconds 1 0 135 Get Set GF Inhibit Time USINT 0 250 seconds 0 136 Get Set GF Trip Delay USINT 0 1 25 0 seconds
273. rn Level When the over apparent power warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 8 short blink pattern Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 83 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Power Factor Protection e bit 7 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will go to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will go to 1 OVA Warn Level Parameter 272 allows the installer to define the total apparent power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 The E3 Plus model ECS has the capability to protect against power factor PF for specific applications that require the monitoring the phase angle difference between voltage and current The user can protect or issue a warning in the event that the power factor for an electric motor is either too high or too low for both leading and lagging applications Under Power Factor Lagging Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with an under power factor lagging indication if e no trip currently exists Under Power Factor Lagging protection is enabled UPFLG Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or less than UPFLG Trip Level for a time period greater than the programmed UPFLG Trip Delay When the under power factor lagging trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 2 long and 9 short blink pattern e bit 8
274. rol Supervisory Object the Overload Object and the E3 Status Object The examples will use a CompactLogix L32E via a 1769 SDN DeviceNet scanner module named DNET The applications shown are example specific Some changes by the user may be necessary to apply the concepts of these examples to a specific application Figure 2 Network Example E1 Plus E3 EC3 1 54 825 PDN 193 DeviceNet 1770 KFD Overload Relay Configuration RS232 Interface Terminal ff 10 06 09 B2 For this example a CompactLogix L32E will energize OUT A on an E3 Plus Overload Relay using DeviceNet I O Messaging The E3 Plus is configured as Node 6 on the DeviceNet network Its Output Assembly is configured to use Output Assembly 103 and its Input Assembly is configured to use Input Assembly 100 as shown General Parameters 1 0 Data EDS File DeviceLogis Select the parameter that you want to configure and initiate an action using the toolbar Groups RA fan c Monitor A ID amp dt Parameter Current Value CA Monitor Params Overload Setup ResetjLock Ca Advanced Setup 3 DNet Setup F oss AutoBaudEnable Enabled ose NonVol Baud Rate 125K Baud boss COS Mask XXXXXXOO 000000 ose Output Assembly 108 Foe Input Assembly 100 Hu Assy WordD Param 2 f 62 Assy Wordl Param 1 o6 Assy Word2 Param 2 i Ag Assy Worda Param E lt gt Cancel Hee The 1769 SDN was configured to scan I O from var
275. s Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instances UINT 7 8 Get VONE USINT 1 English anguage Parameter Group Instance names and member parameter instances for each group are product specific The following instance attributes will be supported for all parameter group instances Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Group Name String SHORT STRING 2 Get Number of Members UINT 3 Get 1 Parameter UINT 4 Get 209 Parameter UINT n Get Nth Parameter UINT The following common services will be implemented for the Parameter Group Object Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single Discrete Output Group A single instance of the Discrete Output Group Object will be supported All instances will contain the following attributes Object CLASS CODE 8 0x001 E Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Group Name String SHORT STRING 3 Get Number of Instances USINT 1 for E3 2 for E3 Plus 4 Get Binding Array of UINT List of DOP instances 6 Get Set Command BOOL O idle 1 run 0 No Override go to 104 Get Set Network Status Override BOOL safe state 1 Override run local logic 0 No override go to 105 Get Set Comm Status Override BOOL safe state 1 Override run local logic The following common services will be implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object 246 Rock
276. s the installer to define the total real power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Real Power Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over real power warning condition if e no warning currently exists e Over Real Power Warning is enabled OW Inhibit Time has expired and Total Real Power is equal to or greater than the OW Warn Level Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Reactive Power kVAR Protection Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 When the over real power warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 2 short blink pattern bit 1 in PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OW Warn Level Parameter 248 allows the installer to define the total real power in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 The E3 Plus model EC5 has the capability to protect against reactive power KVAR for specific applications that require the monitoring of the reactive component of voltage and current The user can protect or issue a warning in the event that the reactive power KVAR consumption or generation from an electric motor is either too high or too low This protection can be used with synchronous motors or motors that have an active Power Factor correction
277. sais senos chore d opT SEE A ARN MEA 195 Reading Device Status using the Parameter Object Class Ox0F 195 Reading Device Status using the Control Supervisor Object Class 05 ERN NICA ane Ce A MESE 197 Reading the Trip Class using the Overload Object Class 0x2C 199 Reading a Group of Parameters using the E3 Status Object Class 0503 75 Tob te che St eaae Red is ETE Ma 4 tie f aic 201 Using DeviceLogix Introductions eene e eee eta ebd elsi ta orbus Da 205 Device Logix Programiming 2oii usi sio ua Seeder ad ks uem 206 DeviceLogix Programming Example 0 000 scenes 206 Troubleshooting ntr dttction s ec se sedens qu A HN DUE SEIEN 213 Advisory EDS actos ahve eret bises Ttehtafem diede dag ieee 213 Tup Wann LED t a steh ale e oO tds ot sedet 213 Network Status LED mi 3 qtu titia sd det sonet 215 OUT AcSEQUT B LED ete cerro ta oreet E sias 215 IN S23 BOA LEDSS A educ EE ERR NP NIS aa 215 Power Up Sequence sodes sese dk vus RI RM bende evens dare aes 215 DeviceNet Modes of Operation 0 sce e eens eee een eeenee 216 Power Up Reset Modes c oekieeeis en Re op ERI Cen bed 216 R n Modes siaezeao cr ice Eee xs eodd dust A RIEA 216 Recoverable Error Mode ore erste E Ea 217 Unrecoverable Error Mode user oru b edd err 217 Resetting a TOP sce rte usissE e edat c chide te d n ol ok 217 Trip Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures 00 005 218 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2
278. seconds Stall Trip Level Parameter 40 allows the installer to define the locked rotor current and is adjustable from 100 60096 of the FLA Setting Parameter 28 IMPORTANT Stall Protection is only enabled during the motor starting sequence If the maximum phase of load current falls below the programmed Stall Trip Level before the Stall Enabled Time elapses the E3 Overload Relay disables Stall Protection until the next motor starting sequence IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay considers a motor to have begun its starting sequence if the maximum phase of motor current transitions from 0 A to approximately 3096 of the minimum FLA Setting Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Jam Protection High Overload Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 Motor current greater than the motor s nameplate rating may indicate a high overload or stall condition such as an overloaded conveyor or jammed gear These conditions can result in overheating of the motor and equipment damage Rapid jam fault detection helps to minimize damage and loss of production Jam Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a jam indication if notrip currently exists Jam Protection is enabled Jam Inhibit Time has expired and the maximum phase current is greater than the Jam Trip Level for a time period greater than the Jam Trip Delay If the E3 Overload Relay trips on a jam the notrip currently exists Jam
279. sed 0x00 COS 0x13 COS Ack Suppressed 0x10 4 Get Produced UINT 01101Xxxxxxx Connection ID XXXxxx Node address 5 Get Consumed UINT 10xxxxxx010 Connection ID XXXxxx Node address 6 Get Initial Comm BYTE 0x02 acknowledged Characteristics OxOF unacknowledged 7 Get Produced UINT 0 8 Connection Size 8 Get Consumed UINT 0 8 Connection Size 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 241 Appendix B 242 DeviceNet Information Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 2 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 Transition to timed out 1 Auto delete 2 Auto reset 3 Get Produced Connection UINT 8 Path Length 4 Get Set Produced Connection EPATH 21 04 00 25 assy inst Path 00 30 03 5 Get Consumed Connection UINT 8 Path Length 6 Get Set Consumed Connection EPATH 21 04 00 25 assy inst Path 00 30 03 The following Instances 5 7 Group 3 Explicit Message Connections Allocated through UCMM are supported Table 104 Connection Object Instances 5 7 Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 Nonexistent 1 Configuring 3 Established 4 Timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit Message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger BYTE 0x83 Server Transport Class 3 4 Get Produced Connection ID UIN
280. shot Units 96 Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 100 Default Value SS GF Current Parameter Number 148 Access Rule Get groundfaultcurrentatthe time ofthe ali E last relay trip Object Mapping OFhex 94 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Amps Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 1275 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9 SS L1 L2 Voltage Parameter Number 149 Access Rule Get rerea M UNT only in the E3 Plus model EC5 Object Mapping OFhex 95 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value SS L2 L3 Voltage Parameter Number 150 Access Rule Get Tee or E ae UNT only in the E3 Plus model EC5 Object Mapping OFhex 96 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value SS L3 L1 Voltage Parameter Number 151 Access Rule Get Te ene a an UNT only in the E3 Plus model EC5 Object Mapping OFhex 97 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units Volts Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65535 Default Value SS Tot Real Pwr Parameter Number 152 Access Rule Get Treen re aes oe iNT relay trip only in the E3 Plus model EC5 Object Mapping OFhex 98 01 Group Trip Snapshot Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value SS T
281. ssage connection attributes are supported Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 239 Appendix B DeviceNet Information 240 Table 101 Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes Attribute Access Data ID Rule Name Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 Nonexistent 1 Configuring 3 Established 4 Timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 Explicit message 3 Get Transport Class Trigger BYTE 0x83 Class 3 Server 4 Get Produced UINT 10xxxxxx011 Connection ID XXXXxx Node address 5 Get Consumed UINT 10xxxxxx100 Connection ID XXXXxx Node address 6 Get Initial Comm Characteristics BYTE 0x22 7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0x61 8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0x61 9 Get Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms 2 Get Set Watchdog Action USINT 1 Auto delete 3 Deferred delete 3 Get Produced Connection UINT 0 Path Length 4 Get Produced Connection Path Null no data 5 Get Consumed Connection UINT 0 Path Length 6 Get Consumed Connection Path Null no data The following Instance 2 polled I O connection attributes are supported Table 102 Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes Attribute Access Data ID Rule Name Type Value 1 Get State USINT 0 Nonexistent 1 Configuring 3 Established 4 Timed out 2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 21 0 Message 3 Get Transport Class BYTE If alloc choice polled Trigger OR If alloc
282. stered Using the Node Commissioning Tool of RSNetWorx for DeviceNet 1 Select Node Commissioning from the Tools drop down menu 2 Select Browse 3 Select the E3 Overload Relay located at node 63 r want to input the address for the device on the selected OK network Address o E Cancel IV Autobrowse 8 Browsing node 62 not found Workstation USMKERNJAM Online Nam zu Linx Gateways Ethene 13 Workstation am 1770 KFD 1 DeviceNet g 63 E3 Plus 9 50004 z 1784 PCD 1 DeviceNet E 13 Workstation US 63 E3 Plus 9 5000 4 Select OK NOTE The Node Commissioning screen shows Current Device Settings entries completed It will also provide the current network baud rate in the New E3 Overload Relay Settings area Do not change the baud rate setting unless you are sure it must be changed Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 99 Chapter4 DeviceNet Node Commissioning 5 Type the node address that you want in the New Device Settings section In this example the new node address is 5 w Node Commissioning A xl Select a device by using the browsing service Browse r Current E3 Plus 9 50004 Settings m Address 5 Data Rate 125 KB r New E3 Plus 9 50004 Settings The network data rate should not be changed on an active network The new network data rate will not take effect until power is recycled Address j4
283. t Chapter 9 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Function Test Trip Overload Phase Loss Ground Fault Stall J a m x lt Underload Reserved Current Imbal Comm Fault Comm Idle NonVol Mem Hardware Fault Reserved Remote Trip Bocked Start WarnHistory Mask This parameter allows the user to configure which current based protection features are written to the five record Warning History as outlined in the table below 1 Recorded 0 Not Recorded Parameter Number 143 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex 8F 01 Group TripWarn History Units Minimum Value 0000000000000000 Maximum Value 0111111111111111 Default Value 0111011101101010 Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Function X Reserved Overload Phase Loss Ground Fault Reserved J v m x lt Underload Reserved Current Imbal Comm Fault Comm Idle Reserved Config Fault PM Starts PM Oper Hours Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 187 Chapter9 Trip History and Snapshot 188 V TripHist Mask Parameter Number 2
284. t This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy generated kVARh Data Type b Multiply this value by 102 and add to the Object Mapping OFhex C6 01 other kVARh generated parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 XXX 000 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Gen 10E0 Parameter Number 199 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy generated kVARh Data Type a 2 Multiply this value by 10 and add to the Object Mapping OFhex C7 01 other kVARh generated parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 XXX 000 Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value kVARh Gen 10E 3 Parameter Number 200 Access Rule Get This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy generated kVARh Dala Type DY Multiply this value by 10 and add to the Object Mapping OFhex C8 01 other kVARh generated parameters Group Power Monitor Represents 000 000 000 XXX Units Minimum Value 999 Maximum Value 999 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 kVARh Net 10E6 This parameter provides a component of total reactive energy net kVARh Multiply this value by 10 and add to the other kVARh net parameters Represents XXX 000 000 000 Parameter Number 201 Access Rule Get Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex C9 01 Group Power Monitor
285. t cti ns eee er ete er rente res 69 Voltage Unbalance TfIpss suede edes Coe da heels 69 Voltage Unbalance Warning cutis eoe taste Udee ut D ERE 70 Voltage Rotation Protection occus eva Ple ah tuts e p t vtl sosta 71 Voltage Rotation Trip cesses ers eee Fidi 71 Voltage Rotation Warning ctoncvas cveremdes Ret pH re ha ted 71 Frequency Protection ace Sese side nren a REP RANA 72 Under Frequency UF Trip iad cater peu Ra ECHO Se DRESS 72 Under Frequency Warning 3 so vo chtess e hb pER aged teda 22 Over Frequency OF Trip sitio ee xo NER PEE TU due 73 Over Frequency OF Warning cn cuts Nee prim beet 73 Voltage Input Module Detection 1 22 ML Lex e Res ecard chines 7 Voltage Hardware Tpi se meninio E e oo e ovt uae Ra 74 Voltage Hardware Warning a5 os seres ue uino ea x EE RR TERRE 74 Real Power kW Protection cccececesceceececeeteceeeecs 75 Under Real Power Trip oscke eve ive rete oet eds 75 Under Real Power Watnlhg ido t t dece HE 75 Over Real Power Tripe koere uteri ep ERES IR DE M SOUS 76 Over Real Power Wathitign ticles abencicn tace E a ee e eg 76 Reactive Power KVAR Protection 77 Under Reactive Power Consumed Trip 2 cess eee e eee 77 Under Reactive Power Consumed Warning suus 78 Over Reactive Power Consumed Trip eere ced 78 Over Reactive Power Consumed Warning 008 79 Under Reactive Power Generated L tips 22i eer rt rra 79 Under Reactive Power Generated Warning
286. t Object 0x0098 DPI Warning Object 0x00B4 DN Interface Object 0x00C2 MCC Object 0x030E Logic Supervisor 0x0375 E3 Status Object The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object Table 74 Identity Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Revision UINT 1 Two instances of the Identity Object will be supported The following table shows what each instance will represent and what the revision attribute will report Table 75 Revision Attribute Display Operating System Flash The firmware revision of the OS stored in flash memory 2 Boot Code Flash Revision Attribute Instance The firmware revision of the boot code stored in flash memory Instance 1 of the Identity Object will contain the following attributes Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 233 Appendix B DeviceNet Information Message Router Class Code 0x02 DeviceNet Object Class Code 0x03 Table 76 Identity Attribute Instance Attributes Attribute Access ID Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Vendor ID UINT Programmable via test object 2 Get Device Type UINT 3 3 Get Product Code UINT See Product Code table 4 Get Revision Structure Major of 4 Minor USINT 1 USINT 5 Get Status WORD BitO 0 Not owned 1 Owned by master Bit2 0 Factory Defaulted 1 Configured
287. t Point Object Table 107 Discrete Input Point Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point Object Table 108 Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes 1 Get Revision UINT 1 2 Get Max Instances UINT lor2 Multiple instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported one instance for each general purpose discrete output on the E3 Overload Relay All instances will contain the following attributes Table 109 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 3 Get Set Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON 5 Get Set Fault Action BOOL O Fault Value attribute 1 Hold Last State 6 Get Set Fault Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 243 Appendix B Parameter Object Class DeviceNet Information Code OxOF 244 Table 109 Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value O Fault Value attribute 7 Get Set Idle Action BOOL 1 Hold Last State 8 Get Set Idle Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON 113 Get Set Pr Fault Action BOOL O Pr Fault Value attribute 1 Ignore 114 Get Set Pr Fault Value BOOL O OFF 1 ON 115 Get Set Force Enable BOOL 0 Disabl
288. t before a trip occurs It is adjustable from 0 1 25 0 seconds OPFLD Trip Level Parameter 287 allows the installer to define the total power factor leading in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will trip It is adjustable from 0 32767 Over Power Factor Leading Warning The E3 Overload Relay will immediately indicate an over power factor leading warning condition if e no warning currently exists Over Power Factor Leading Warning is enabled OPFLD Inhibit Time has expired and Total PF is equal to or greater than the OPFLD Warn Level When the over power factor leading warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 2 long and 12 short blink pattern bicllin PW Warn Status Parameter 228 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OPFLD Warn Level Parameter 288 allows the installer to define the total power factor leading in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 32767 The following tables provide a summary of protective trips and protective warnings 88 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Function Table 22 Protective Trip Summary Factory Default Trip Level Range Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Default Trip Delay Range Default Range Inhibit Time O Chapter 3 Default
289. t in kiloWatts Object Mapping OFhex B0 01 Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L1 Reactive Pwr Parameter Number 177 f Access Rule Get oe E T measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B1 01 reactive Group Power Monitor Units kW Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L2 Reactive Pwr Parameter Number 178 f f Access Rule Get Toe era T measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B2 01 reactive Group Power Monitor Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value L3 Reactive Pwr Parameter Number 179 f Access Rule Get Tie tea a T measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B3 01 reactive Group Power Monitor Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Tot Reactive Pwr Parameter Number 180 Access Rule Get Tuer uu MEN T phases with measurement in Object Mapping OFhex B4 01 kiloVolt Amperes reactive Group PONE MSNi tOr Units kVAR Minimum Value 32768 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 L1 Apparent Pwr Parameter Number 181 Access Rule Get ee iT measurement in kiloVolt Amperes Object Mapping OFhex B5 01 Group Power Monitor
290. ta Type USINT Object Mapping 29hex 1 104 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 120 Default Value Parameter Number 2 100 Access Rule Get Set Data Type UINT Object Mapping 29hex 1 105 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 117 Chapter 5 118 Programmable Parameters Table 52 Stall Parameters Detail STALL ENABLED TIME This parameter defines the amount of time for which stall detection is enabled during a motor starting sequence Parameter Number 39 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping someway Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value STALL TRIP LEVEL This parameter sets the stall trip level Table 53 Jam Parameters Detail JAM INHIBIT TIME This parameter defines the amount of time for which jam detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Parameter Number Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping Try A Group Advanced Setup Units FLA Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 600 Default Value Parameter Number 600 41 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mappin
291. te Access Name Data Value Default ID Rule Type This attribute exists Curr nt 1950 L3 Current Times only for current ranges 2298 Get 10 xp that report 2 decimal Bd Udo place resolution p This attribute exists Current 1960 Get Avg Current Div UINT only for current ranges Range 2300 10 that report 0 decimal Dependent place resolution P This attribute exists Current 1970 only for current ranges 2310 Get L1 Current Div 10 UINT that report 0 decimal ELE place resolution p This attribute exists Curr nt 1980 Get L2 Current Div 10 UINT only for current ranges Range 2320 that report 0 decimal Dependent place resolution p This attribute exists Current 19960 only for current ranges 2336 Get L3 Current Div 10 UINT that report 0 decimal Danos ei place resolution P 50 100 for devices with FRN 1 003 and earlier FRN 2 000 and later FRN 1 003 and earlier FRN 3 001 and later The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object Table 121 Overload Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single This object provides access to fault information within the device The following class attributes will be supported Table 122 Fault Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Name DataType Value Rule 1 Get Class Revision UINT 1 2 Get Number of Instances
292. tem conformity To obtain a copy of the E3 Overload Relay s Declaration of Conformity DoC contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen Bradley distributor or go to http www ab com certification C Emark This product is tested to meet Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 89 336 EC as amended by 92 31 EEC and 93 68 EEC by applying the following standards in whole or in part and as documented in a technical construction file e EN 60947 4 1 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Part 4 Contactors and Motor Starters Section 1 Electromechanical Contactors and Motor Starters e EN 60947 5 1 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear Part 5 Control Circuit Devices and Switching Devices Section 1 Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices IMPORTANT Thegrounding requirements specified in this manual must be followed by the installer in order for the product to comply with the EMC directive ATTENTION This is a Class A heavy industrial product In a Class B A light industrial or domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the installer may be required to take additional measures to mitigate it Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 269 Appendix C CE Compliance Low Vo Itage Directive This product is tested to meet Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC as amended by 93 68 EEC by applying the following standards in whole or in p
293. ter than six times the cable diameter including insulation from the nearest current carrying conductor or current transformer e For applications employing multiple conductors per phase the diameter of each cable should be added and multiplied by six to determine the proper placement distance for the E3 Overload Relay Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 35 Chapter2 Installation amp Wiring Figure 14 Overload Relay Mounting Placement Primary Current Transformers 4 E3 Overload Relay D E Figure 15 External CT Connection Diagrams IEC L1 Ki L2 L3 x Primary Current Transformers External Potential Transformer PT Connection Oo o 5 5 O a 8 a 8 6x or E 6x IS282S2S2 S2 0SO0S TI 3 2 Ta eoe U TO I II 5 O EL S m NEMA L1 L2 L3 Lit L283 13 5 E3 Primary Current Ti 2 T2 4 73 6 Transformers T2 T3 M The193 592 ECS _ E3 Plus Overload Relay can be used with external step down PTs The PT ratio is programmed into the E3 Plus Overload Relay by entering the primary winding rating into PT Pri Parameter 289 and the secondary winding rating into PT Sec Parameter 290 The
294. ter Assembly icu Lee agate cet hosce Saee Verl ose madd 18 Installadone rence e ae xoi rd bale Cete Cat dc en eld 18 Approximate Dimensions s setis se Resa e pe etti secon 21 Separate Panel Adapteren senunni oboe REE iste difta dosis 24 Approximate Dimensions scsi si sleds ede Edd 24 Voltage Input Module sus eheoonesekten Ho te sores int dh 26 Specifications 55e i oe s ua doRD PRIN B dedi Ra n PR Re 26 Power Terminals Arn otiexetuu e eR E A ERO Rein QNS CUN 26 Three Pole Terminal Blocks 22i ics ee Eee yia eu 27 Terminal Lug Kits e echec Cone a e er ee me EHE es 27 Control DeviceNet amp Voltage Input Module Terminals 27 Terminal Designations ccueutoeces pent tex ed soe essed abhers 29 Conto l Te Aa S see keak exi o FRE EU ERU e 29 DeviceNet Terminals wo as ets eda Oval ssp ex vies 29 e opm 29 Short Carcuit Ratings re ovs ecu ety petat eee durae vicina und it 30 Short Circuit Ratings tectus tue HH WO Ode REA tyes 30 High Fault Short Circuit Ratings 2 25 ova steve i v at 31 prse Coordination ea a cuu a te eae cuo deci 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 3 Typical Motor Connections via ados excess oe d n ook eee Te EE 34 Three Phase Direct On Line DOL amp Single Phase Full Voltage 34 External Line Current Transformer Application suse 34 Specifications 253 Scio i Sosa pau ace uk EUR NEA FER IAS 34 Installation Requirements e EU owe tek REED Ner DOR PS 35 External Potenti
295. ter2 Installation amp Wiring Table 13 Per UL 508 amp CSA 22 2 No 14 with NEMA Contactors Maximum Cat No 592 EC1 EC2 Contactor Available Fault Voltage UL Fuse A Circuit Breaker EC3 EC5 Size Current A V R J Limiter T 00 100 000 600 20 C 0 100 000 240 30 30 FDB 3025 LFB3070R 480 30 30 FDB 3025 LFB3070R 600 30 130 1 100 000 240 60 100 FDB 3050 LFB3035R 480 30 150 FDB 3050 LFB3035R 600 30 50 2 100 000 240 100 200 FDB 3100 LFB3150R 480 60 100 600 60 100 _D 3 100 000 240 200 350 FDB 3150 LFB3150R 480 100 200 FDB 3125 LFB3150R 600 100 200 FDB 3100 LFB3150R Fuse Coordination A 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 The following tables list Type I and Type II Fuse Coordination when used in conjunction with Bulletin 100 C and 100 D Contactors ATTENTION Select the motor branch circuit protection that complies with the NEC and any other governing regional or local codes Table 14 IEC per EN60947 4 1 Installation amp Wiring Short Circuit Current Chapter 2 Class J Fuse A Cat No 193 Max Max EC1 EC2 Contactor Starter Prospective Conditional Voltage with with
296. ternal 4 2 Yes 9 E3 9 45 A one 2 No 10 E3 Plus 9 45 A Internal 4 2 Yes 11 E3 18 90 A None 2 No 12 E3 Plus 18 90 A Internal 4 2 Yes 29 E3 0 4 2 A None 2 1 No 30 E3 Plus 0 4 2 A 4 2 31 E3 9 5000 A 2 36 E3 EC3 1 5 A 4 2 38 E3 EC3 3 15 A 40 E3 EC3 5 25 A 42 E3 EC3 8 45 A 44 E3 EC3 18 90 A 46 E3 EC3 0 4 2 A 48 E3 EC3 9 5000 A 50 E3 EC4 1 5 A Yes 52 E3 EC4 3 15 A 54 E3 EC4 5 25 A External Yes 56 E3 EC4 9 45 A 58 E3 EC4 18 90 A 60 E3 EC4 0 4 2 A 62 E3 EC4 9 5000 A 64 E3 EC5 1 5 A No Yes 6 2 66 E3 EC5 3 15 A 68 E3 EC5 5 25 A 70 E3 EC5 9 45 A 72 E3 EC5 18 90 A 74 E3 EC5 0 4 2 A 76 E3 EC5 9 5000 A DeviceNet Objects 232 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 The E3 Overload Relay supports the following DeviceNet object classes Identity Object Class Code 0x01 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 73 DeviceNet Object Classes Class Object 0x0001 Identity 0x0002 Message Router 0x0003 DeviceNet 0x0004 Assembly 0x0005 Connection 0x0008 Discrete Input Point 0x0009 Discrete Output Point 0x000F Parameter Object 0x0010 Parameter Group Object 0x001E Discrete Output Group 0x0029 Control Supervisor 0x002B Acknowledge Handler 0x002C Overload Object 0x0097 DPI Faul
297. th Relay 100 A without with B1 C E1 F1 D1 D2 H D 193 EC B C09 C 12 45 188 3 207 7 145 1 107 67 9 532 60 35 85 1 42 C16 C23 1 25 32 7 13 32 8 11 64 5 23 32 4 7 32 2 43 64 2 3 32 2 23 64 1 3 8 3 23 64 11 64 193 EC D C30 C37 104 4 3 32 C43 54 622 45 107 2 1 8 2 7 16 1 25 32 4 7 32 193 EC E C60 C72 72 236 1 255 5 1732 124 6 89 8 80 2 100 55 125 5 5 5 C85 2 53 64 9 19 64 10 1 16 6 13 16 4 29 32 3 17 32 3 9 64 3 15 16 2 11 64 4 15 16 7 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 21 Chapter 2 Installation amp Wiring Figure 6 Overload Relay 193 E__F G amp H with Contactor 100 D E A gt G 11 4 0 45 F a D gt 4 X a LA Ad OF lA E q A 6 Hlo D o Et 9 i B1 B IL HJ EH ls m l U 5 1 0 L pl Height B Cat No 193 EIMD Overload Contactor Width Depth Relay 100 A without with B1 C D E1 F G H J K L M 193 EC__F D95 D110 120 336 3 418 311 8 175 1 156 216 1 1125 10
298. that the E3 Overload Relay is sensing motor current present must be greater than 30 of the minimum Full Load Current FLA setting Starts Counter Parameter 96 logs the number of starts the number of times motor current transitions from zero to a reported non zero value motor current must be greater than 30 of the minimum Full Load Current FLA setting IMPORTANT The 3 Overload Relay will report 0 A or 0 FLA if the current is below 30 of the minimum FLA setting Start Inhibit This protective function allows the installer to limit the number of starts in a given time period A start is defined as the E3 Overload Relay sensing a transition in current from zero to a reported non zero value motor current must be greater than 30 of the minimum Full Load Current FLA setting The Start Inhibit protective function can be set by Starts Hour and or Starts Interval Start Inhibit Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Blocked Start indication upon motor stopping when notrip currently exists Start Inhibit is enabled e the number of starts count within the past hour period equals the value set in the Starts Hour parameter or thetime expired since the most recent start is less than the value set in the Starts Interval parameter If the E3 Overload Relay trips on a Blocked Start the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 16 blink pattern e bit 15 in Trip Status Parameter 14 will set to 1 e bit 0 in Devi
299. ting sequence Object Mapping 2Chex 1 145 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UL TRIP DELAY Parameter Number 46 Access Rule Get Set Tenet teil E UST condition must exist at the programmed Object Mapping 2Chex 1 146 level prior to the device tripping Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 5 0 UL TRIP LEVEL Parameter Number 47 Access Rule Get Set eee sets the underload trip Data Type USINT Object Mapping 2051 147 Group Advanced Setup Units FLA Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 50 UL WARN LEVEL Parameter Number 48 Access Rule Get Set aL sets the underload warning Data Type USINT Object Mapping 2Chex 1 148 Group Advanced Setup Units FLA Minimum Value 100 Maximum Value 100 Default Value 70 50 100 for devices with FRN 1 003 and earlier Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 119 Chapter 5 120 Programmable Parameters Table 55 Current Imbalance Parameters Detail CI INHIBIT TIME This parameter defines the amount of time current imbalance detection is inhibited during a motor starting sequence Parameter Number 49 Access Rule Get Set Data Type USINT Object Mapping 2051 149 Group Advanced Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value Maximum Value Default Value CI TRIP DELAY This parameter allows th
300. tio selection has a corresponding valid FLA setting range as described in the following table Table 18 CT Ratio FLA Setting Range Correspondence FLA Setting FLA Setting FLA Setting CT Ratio Range A CT Ratio Range A CT Ratio Range A 50 5 9 45 300 5 60 302 1200 5 240 1215 100 5 18 90 500 5 84 420 2500 5 450 2250 150 5 28 140 600 5 125 630 5000 5 1000 5000 200 5 42 210 800 5 172 860 in the E3 Overload Relay reporting inaccurate motor operational data and ATTENTION Improper configuration of the CT Ratio parametercan result AN possible motor damage IMPORTANT Catalog Numbers 193 EC_ _F G and H are assemblies that contain primary current transformers The device nameplate identifies the propter CT ratio to be programmed and the associated legal FLA setting range IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay s TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash an amber configuration warning 13 flash sequence when the FLA setting is outside of the legal range of the selected CT Ratio setting e g CT Ratio set at 300 5 and the FLA Setting at 50 A Trip Class Trip Class is defined as the maximum time in seconds for an overload trip to occur when the motors operating current is six times its rated current The E3 Overload Relay offers an adjustable trip class range of 5 30 which can be programmed in increments of one via Trip Class Parameter 29 Trip Curves The following figures i
301. tion 1 2 1 Under Frequency 58 0 250 Over Frequency 62 Under Real Power Over Real Power 0 32767 Under Consumed kVAR 0 250s 10s Over Consumed kVAR 6 Under Generated kVAR 32767 0 Over Generated kVAR Under Power kVA 0 32767 Over Power kVA Under Power Factor Lagging amp 95 100 0 Over Power Factor Lagging 90 Under Power Factor Leading amp 95 0 100 Over Power Factor Leading 90 The inhibit time setting parameters are applicable to both the trip and warning functions Overload warning setting is entered as a percentage of the thermal capacity utilized Must use Ground Fault Sensors Catalog Number 193 CBCT_ Q 50 100 for devices with FRN 1 003 and earlier Available on 193 592 EC5 only 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Preventive Maintenance Diagnostics E3 Overload Relays Series C amp Later Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 The purpose of this section is to provide detailed information regarding the Preventive Maintenance Diagnostic functions of the E3 Overload Relays Series C and Later In this section programming and monitoring parameters as they relate to these functions will be discussed For complete descriptions of the programming parameters Refer to Programmable Parameters on page 105 Monitoring Elapsed Time Parameter 95 logs the hours of motor operation the time period
302. tive power has exceeded the programmed over reactive power consumed level 2 Improper parameter settings 3 Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 251 UVARC Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Check power system Verify that current is flowing from the line side L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs to the load side T terminals of the relay Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation Verify that Parameter 255 OVARC Trip Level is set properly for the application The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290 PT Primary and PT Secondary are set properly if applicable Under Reactive Power Generated kVAR 1 Reactive power has exceeded the programmed under reactive power generated level 2 Improper parameter settings 3 Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive Check
303. ts or number of operating hours has been reached and that it is time to perform preventive maintenance The preventive maintenance warning function can be set by PM Starts and or PM Oper Hours IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay will report 0 A or 0 FLA if the current is below 30 of the minimum FLA setting PM Starts Parameter 101 allows the installer to set a number of starts It is adjustable from 0 65 535 The E3 Overload Relay will give a PM Starts warning indication when e PM Starts warning is enabled and Starts Counter parameter is equal to or greater than the value set in the PM Starts parameter Upon a PM Starts warning the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 14 blink pattern bit 13 in Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and bit 1 in Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 PM Oper Hours Parameter 102 allows the installer to set a number of hours of operation It is adjustable from 0 65 565 hours The E3 Overload Relay will give a PM Oper Hours warning indication when PM Oper Hours warning is enabled and Elapsed Time parameter is equal to or greater than the value set in the PM Oper Hours parameter Upon a PM Oper Hours warning the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 15 blink pattern bit l4 in Warning Status P
304. ublication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 261 Appendix B DeviceNet Information The following common services will be implemented for the Logic Supervisor Object Table 133 Logic Supervisor Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance 0x08 No Yes Reset OxOE No Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single E3 Status Object CLASS CODE 0x0375 The following instance attributes are for EC1 EC2 EC3 and ECS Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes Attribute Name Byte Data 0 1 L1 Current 2 L2 Current 3 4 1 Phase Gnd Currents z L3 Current 6 Average Current 8 Ground Current 9 Reserved in EC1 and C1 Returns 0 0 1 L196FLA 2 L2 96FLA 3 4 2 Motor Load s L3 96FLA 6 7 Average 96FLA 8 Current Imbal 9 0 r f 3 OL Time to Trip 2 3 Overload Data 3 OL Time to Reset 4 pe z Therm Utilized 0 i Current Trip Status 4 Current Trip Warning j 3 Current Trip Warning 262 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Table 134 E3 Status Object Instance Attributes Attribute Name Byte Data 0 i Current Trip Log 0 2 3 Current Trip
305. ues 177 Get Set IN1 Assignment 178 Get Set IN2 Assignment 179 Get Set IN3 Assignment 180 Get Set IN4 Assignment E3 Plus Models EC2 and EC3 6 E3 Plus Model EC5 Data Type WORD WORD BOOL BOOL USINT BOOL USINT USINT USINT USINT Value Bit 0 Reserved Bit 1 Overload Bit 2 Phase Loss Bit 3 Ground Fault 096 Bit 4 Stall Bit 5 Jam Bit 6 Underload Bit 7 PTC Bit 8 Current Imbal Bit 9 Comm Fault Bit 10 Comm Idle Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Reserved Bit 14 Remote Trip Bit 15 Start Inhibit Bit 0 Reserved Bit 1 Overload Bit 2 Phase Loss Bit 3 Ground Fault 9 Bit 4 Stall Bit 5 Jam Bit 6 Underload Bit7 PTC Bit 8 Current Imbal Bit 9 Comm Fault Bit 10 2 Comm Idle Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Device Config Bit 13 PM Starts Bit 14 PM Oper Hours 0 21 Trip Reset otherwise no action 0 Manual 1 2 Automatic FLA 0 gt 1 Clear fault and warning queues start counters and operating hour accumulators otherwise no action 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed 0 Normal 1 Trip Reset 2 Remote Trip 3 2 Speed The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P
306. ult Value UVARC Inhibit Time Parameter Number 249 i Access Rule Get Set maTo which anundertcectvepowet MN USINT KVAR consumed detection is inhibited Object Mapping OFhex F9 01 during a motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 UVARC Trip Delay Parameter Number 250 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an Data Type URINU under reactive power kVAR consumed Object Mapping OFhex FA 01 condition must exist prior to the device tripping Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 173 Chapter 8 174 Power Parameters UVARC Trip Level Parameter Number 251 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under reactive power kVAR consumed trip level BEVIS ur Object Mapping OFhex FB 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value UVARC Warn Level Parameter Number 252 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the under reactive power kVAR consumed warning level Data Type Lir Object Mapping OFhex FC 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 0 Ma
307. uts Pr FitValue Open Dut Dn FitState Go to FliValue Out4 Dn FitValue Open Out4 Dn ldiState Go to IdMalue Out4 Dn IdMalue Open Cancel Apply Help Selection of Input and Output Assemblies a k Produced and Consumed Assemblies define the format of I O message data that is exchanged between the E3 Overload Relay and other devices on the network The consumed information is generally used to command the state of the slave device s outputs and produced information typically contains the state of the inputs and the current fault status of the slave device The default Consumed and Produced Assemblies are shown in the tables below For additional formats refer to Appendix B Table 25 Instance 100 Parameter Based Input Assembly Byte Words Value of Parameter Pointed to by Parameter 0 61 Low Byte 61 High Byte 62 Low Byte 62 High Byte 63 Low Byte 63 High Byte 64 Low Byte Sl Om om A wl N 64 High Byte Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 101 Chapter 4 102 DeviceNet Node Commissioning Table 26 Default Output Assemblies Byte Bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit 4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 BitO Instance 103 E3 0 Fault Reset Out A Instance 103 E3 Plus 0 Fault Reset Out B Out A Q Series C and later Choosing the size and format of the I O
308. uts of the E3 Plus Out A is used to control the low speed contactor and Out B is used to control the high speed contactor Control can be accomplished through commands transmitted by the network master or internal DeviceLogix function blocks When 2 Spd Net Enable Parameter 87 is set to 1 or Enable the overload function s TCU calculation is based on the 2 Speed FLA Set Parameter 88 setting when Out B is commanded closed Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 271 Appendix D Two Speed Applications 272 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 Accessories Accessories Table 136 Accessories Used With Accessory Description Bulletin Type Adjustment Range Panel Mount Adapter 193 EC_ B D Z E AC Input Interface Module 193 EC_ All Ranges 592 EC_ All Ranges AC Input Interface Module for Electrically Noisy Environments 193 EC_ All Ranges 592 EC_ All Ranges Programming amp Control Terminal 193 EC_ All Ranges 592 EC_ All Ranges Panel Mount Bezel for Programming amp Control Terminal 193_DNCT DeviceNet to EtherNet IP Single Port 193 EC 592 EC_ All Ranges POT aeie SNA Dual Port 93 EC_ 592 EC_ All Ranges Ground Fault Sensors Core Balance Current Transformer E3 Plus Series A amp B 193 EC2_ F G H Z 592 EC2 ERG E3 Plus Series C amp Later 193 EC3 All Ranges 592 EC3 193 EC5
309. ver frequency warning condition if nowarning currently exists OF Warning is enabled OF Inhibit Time has expired and Volt Frequency is equal to or greater than the OF Warn Level When the over frequency warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash an amber 1 long and 7 short blink pattern e bit in V Warning Status Parameter 161 will set to 1 and Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02l EN P December 2011 73 Chapter3 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Voltage Input Module Detection bit 1 of Device Status Parameter 21 will set to 1 OF Warn Level Parameter 240 allows the installer to define the frequency in which the E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a warning and is adjustable from 0 250 Hz The E3 Plus model ECS uses a Voltage Input Module to collect the voltage signals of a power system In the event that communications halt between the voltage input module and the relay module the E3 Plus model ECS can issue a trip or a warning to signify this unlikely event Voltage Hardware Trip The E3 Overload Relay will trip with a Voltage Input Module Not Detected indication if e no trip currently exists e Voltage Hardware Fault protection is enabled and improper communications with the Voltage Input Module When the voltage hardware fault trip conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED will flash a red 1 long and 1 short blink pattern e bit 1 in V
310. verage line Access Rule Get to neutral voltage measurement in Volts Data Type UINT Object Mapping OFhex A9 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Volt Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 65545 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Voltage Parameters Chapter 7 Voltage Setup Group Volt Unbalance This parameter provides the percent current unbalance measurement VU 100 Vd Va where VU Voltage Unbalance Vd Maximum deviation from the average Parameter Number 170 Access Rule Get Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex AA 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units voltage Minimum Value 0 Va Average voltage Menamuian Value 255 Default Value Volt Frequency Parameter Number 171 This parameter provides the frequency Access Rule Get based on the incoming voltage signal Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex AB 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units Hz Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value V Phase Rot Parameter Number 172 This parameter provides the rotation of the Access Rule Get three phase voltage system Data Type USINT Object Mapping OFhex AC 01 Group Voltage Monitor Units 0 No Rotation 1 2 ABC 2 ACB Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 2 Default Value Volt Mode Parameter Number 156 This paramet
311. vice s minimum GF Current Setting The E3 Overload Relay does not begin monitoring for a ground fault condition until the GF Inhibit Time expires Ground Fault Trip Inhibit Ground faults can quickly rise from low level arcing levels to short circuit magnitudes A motor starting contactor may not have the necessary rating to interrupt a high magnitude ground fault In these circumstances it is desirable for an upstream circuit breaker with the proper rating to interrupt the ground fault NOTE The GF Trip Inhibit feature is only available in E3 Plus Overload Relays Series B and later 54 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO02I EN P December 2011 Protective Trip amp Warning Functions Chapter 3 When enabled GF Trip Inhibit Parameter 89 inhibits a ground fault trip from occurring when the ground fault current exceeds the maximum range of the core balance sensor approximately 10 A Ground Fault Warning The E3 Plus Overload Relay will indicate a ground fault warning if e no warning currently exists ground fault warning is enabled e GF Inhibit Time has expired and GF Current is equal to or greater than the GF Warn Level Series C and later devices for a time period greater than the GF Warn Delay When the ground fault warning conditions are satisfied the TRIP WARN LED status indicator will flash an amber 4 blink pattern bit 3 in Warning Status Parameter 15 will set to 1 and bit 1 of Device Status Paramet
312. viceNet 1 0 Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value 0 OUTA DN IDLSTATE Parameter Number 69 Access Rule Get Set This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 70 defines how Output A will pale Type pun respond when the DeviceNet network is _ Object Mapping 0x09 1 7 idle When set to 1 Output A will hold Group DeviceNet 1 0 the state prior to trip occurrence When set L to 0 Output A will open or close as Units T determined by the setting in Parameter 70 Minimum Value 0 Go to IdlValue 70 Maximum Value 1 Hold Last State Default Value 0 The Dn Flt parameters supersede the Dn Idl parameters Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 129 Chapter5 Programmable Parameters OUTA DN IDLVALUE This parameter determines the state that Output A assumes when the network is idle and Parameter 69 is set to 0 Parameter Number 70 Access Rule Get Set Data Type BOOL Object Mapping 0x09 1 8 Group Advanced Setup Units Minimum Value 0 Open Maximum Value 1 Closed Default Value Table 66 Output B Parameters Detail E3 Plus OUTB PR FLTSTATE This parameter in conjunction with Parameter 72 defines how Output B will respond when a trip occurs When set to 1 Output B will continue to operate as commanded via the network When set to 0 Output B will
313. volatile Baud USINT 0 2 0 Defines Word 0 of 7 Get Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT 21 Assy 100 Min 2 0 Defines Word 1 of 8 Get Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT Max 1 Assy 100 maximum i aoe param inst Defines Word 2 o 9 Get Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 2 Assy 100 Defines Word 3 of 10 Get Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 3 Assy 100 Firmware rev in EDS 12 Get Firmware Rev UINT 0 65 535 3 001 parameter format 13 Get Set COS Mask WORD 0 OxFFFF OxFFFF Change of state mask 15 Get Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 1 1 1 enabled 0 disabled 16 Get Set Consumed Assy USINT Ourput Assembly nstance Input Assembly 17 Get Set Produced Assy USINT inetanes 0 Unlocked 18 Get Set Param Lock BOOL 0 1 0 1 Locked 19 Get Set Set To Defaults BOOL Oto1 0 O No action 1 Reset Bit 0 4 In 2 out hardware present Bit 1 PTC hardware present 7 Bit 2 GF hardware 20 Get ees ti WORD 0 to 0x3F 0 present onigurauen Bit 3 External GF present Bit 4 Heat Trace unit Bit 5 Voltage hardware present Oto Change of state mask 50 Get Set PNB COS Mask WORD OxOOFF 0 for PNBs Table 129 DeviceNet Interface Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single 260 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B MCC Object CLASS CODE A single instance instan
314. voltage mode is also programmed into the E3 Plus Overload Relay by selecting the appropriate mode in Volt Mode Parameter 156 The E3 Overload Relay Plus will support Wye Delta and Open Delta voltage modes with potential transformers 36 Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Installation amp Wiring Chapter 2 Table 16 Wiring Diagrams External PT Connection Wye Connection with PTs Delta Connection with PTs Line Line L1 L2 L3 N GRND Li L2 L3 4 Lj 3 155559 3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 Ei Load Load Open Delta Connection with PTs Line Li L2 L3 T rupes ad Eie MN Load Core Balanced Ground Fault Sensor Application The193 EC3 E3 Plus Overload Relays are intended to provide ground fault protection when used with the external 193 CBCT_ Core Balanced Ground Fault Sensor The ground fault sensor mounts separately from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and must be placed within three meters of the E3 Plus Overload Relay The customer supplied power cable for wiring the ground fault sensor to the E3 Plus Overload Relay must meet the specifications outlined in Table 7 on page 28 Power Cable Installation Requirements All power cables including the neutral when used must pass through the sensor window T
315. ware 113 x Over Frequency 114 x Under Frequency 115 x Under Real Power kW 116 x Over Real Power kW 117 x Under Condumed kVAR 118 x Over Consumed kVAR 119 x Under Generated kVAR 120 x Over Generated kVAR 121 x Under Power kVA 122 x Over Power kVA 123 x Under PF Lagging 124 x Over PF Lagging 125 x Under PF Leading 126 x Over PF Leading 127 x Power Overflow 128 x A single instance instance 1 of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Table 118 Acknowledge Handler Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 1 Get Set Acknowledge Timer UINT in milliseconds 2 Get Set Retry Limit USINT 0or 1 3 Get Xs Producing Connection UINT 4 nstance The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object Table 119 Acknowledge Handler Object Common Services Service Implemented for Service Code Name Class Instance OxOE Yes Yes Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single A single instance instance 1 of the Overload Object is supported The following instance attributes are supported Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 251 Appendix B 252 DeviceNet Information Table 120 Overload Object Instance Attributes Att
316. well Automation Publication 193 UM002I EN P December 2011 DeviceNet Information Appendix B Service Code OxOE Implemented for Class Instance Service Name Get Attribute Single 0x10 No Set Attribute Single Control Supervisor Object The following instance attributes are supported for the Control Supervisor Class Code 0x29 Object Table 115 Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute Access Name Data Value ID Rule Type 0 No Fault present 10 Get Tripped BOOL 1 Fault Latched 0 No Warning present 11 Get Warning BOOL 1 Warning present not latched 0 gt 1 Trip Reset 12 Get Set Fault Reset BOOL otherwise no action ODVA Trip Code In trip state 13 Get Trip Code UINT indicates cause of trip If not tripped indicates cause of last trip ODVA Warning Code In warning 14 Get Warnina Code UINT state indicates cause of warning If no 9 warning indicates cause of last warning 0 21 Trip Test trip generated This attribute returns object state conflict D Get set Force Trip BOOL when Test Enable bitr is set in Trip Enable 100 Get Elapsed Time UINT Logs motor on Current Present ours 101 Get Starts Counter UINT Logs the number of motor starts 102 Get Starts Available USINT Starts left for the programmed start interval Time before the next start can be 103 Get Time To Start UINT preformed in seconds 104 Get Set St
317. ximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 Table 60 Other Reset Test Lock Group Parameters Detail TRIP RESET Parameter Number 26 Access Rule Get Set This parameter provides the user with the capability of resetting a trip over the Dei Whe BOOL DeviceNet network After a trip is reset the Object Mapping 0x29 1 126 parameter automatically returns to a Group Reset Lock Ready state Units Minimum Value 0 Ready Maximum Value 1 Reset Default Value 0 PROGRAM LOCK Parameter Number 53 Access Rule Get Set This parameter prohibits the device parameters from being altered when set to Deta Type BOOL Locked Object Mapping OxB4 1 18 Group Reset Lock This parameter must be set to Unlocked Units to allow parameter modification Minimum Value 0 Unlocked Maximum Value 1 Locked Default Value 0 SET TO DEFAULTS Parameter Number 54 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the user to reset the parameter settings to the factory default Dei Tie BOOL values After parameter values have been Object Mapping 0xB4 1 19 reset to the factory default settings the Group Reset Lock parameter automatically returns to a Ready state Units Minimum Value 0 Ready Maximum Value 1 Set Default Value 0 TEST ENABLE Series C and later Parameter Number 103 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to enable o
318. ximum Value 32767 Default Value OVARC Inhibit Time Parameter Number 253 Access Rule Get Set This parameter defines the amount of Data Type USINT time for which an over reactive power KVAR consumed detection is inhibited Object Mapping OFhex FD 01 during a motor starting sequence Group Power Setup Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 250 Default Value 10 OVARC Trip Delay Parameter Number 254 Access Rule Get Set This parameter allows the installer to program a time duration for which an Data Type EEUU over reactive power kVAR consumed Object Mapping OFhex FE 01 condition must exist prior to the device Group Power Setup tripping Units Seconds Minimum Value 0 1 Maximum Value 25 0 Default Value 1 0 OVARC Trip Level Parameter Number 255 Access Rule Get Set This parameter sets the over reactive power kVAR consumed trip level Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex FF 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value Rockwell Automation Publication 193 UMO002I EN P December 2011 Power Parameters Chapter 8 OVARC Warn Level This parameter sets the over reactive power kVAR consumed warning level Parameter Number 256 Access Rule Get Set Data Type INT Object Mapping OFhex 100 01 Group Power Setup Units kVAR Minimum Value 0 Maximum Value 32767 Default Value UVARG Inhibit Time Parameter Number 257

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relay User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents